FDA Approves First New Non-Opioid Pain Medication in Decades

Dr. Sanjay Gupta emphasized on Tuesday that the approval of a novel non-opioid pain medication represents a significant development.

“This is a pretty big deal,” Gupta stated. “As you just mentioned, it’s been since 1998 that there’s been a new pain medication approved. I mean, the FDA typically approves dozens of medications for all sorts of things, but not pain, so patients really haven’t had many options.”

Gupta’s remarks came during his appearance on CNN’s The Lead with Jake Tapper, following the U.S. Food and Drug Administration’s (FDA) approval of Journavx, also known as suzetrigine, last week. The oral tablet has been designated as a first-in-class non-opioid analgesic specifically for the treatment of acute pain in adults.

In an earlier statement, Jacqueline Corrigan-Curay, acting director of the FDA’s Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, described the approval as a notable advancement in the field of acute pain management.

“Today’s approval is an important public health milestone in acute pain management,” she said.

Corrigan-Curay further explained the significance of this new therapeutic class, stating, “A new non-opioid analgesic therapeutic class for acute pain offers an opportunity to mitigate certain risks associated with using an opioid for pain and provides patients with another treatment option.”

The introduction of this medication is particularly noteworthy given the dominance of opioid-based treatments for pain relief. Every year, tens of millions of Americans are prescribed opioids such as oxycodone and fentanyl to manage pain.

Gupta highlighted the distinction between opioids and the newly approved medication. “I think what is unique about this, if you think about opioids that you just mentioned, they tend to work primarily on the brain,” he said. “The brain processes all pain, so … that’s why they’re sedating, they can cause problems with addiction.”

He elaborated on how suzetrigine, marketed under the name Journavx, functions differently. “These pain medications, suzetrigine, Journavx as it’s called, works sort of more at the location of the pain, sort of trying to block the signals coming from the source of pain, going to the brain. As a result, you shouldn’t get euphoria,” Gupta added.

The approval of Journavx marks a breakthrough in pain management, offering a non-opioid alternative that may reduce the risks associated with opioid use while providing effective relief.

Robert F. Kennedy Jr. Advances in Senate Panel Vote for HHS Secretary Nomination

Robert F. Kennedy Jr. cleared a major obstacle on Tuesday as a Senate committee voted to advance his nomination for the role of health and human services (HHS) secretary to the full Senate.

The Senate Finance Committee approved Kennedy’s nomination in a 14-13 vote along party lines after he managed to address concerns raised by Sen. Bill Cassidy, R-La., who was seen as the potential swing vote.

Cassidy, a physician, had previously expressed serious reservations about Kennedy’s qualifications to lead the large federal agency. After questioning Kennedy in two confirmation hearings, he admitted last week that he was still “struggling” with his decision. In addition to serving on the Finance Committee, Cassidy is also the chair of the Health, Education, Labor and Pensions Committee.

Just before Tuesday’s vote, Cassidy posted a statement on X, revealing that he had engaged in “very intense conversations” with both Kennedy and the White House over the weekend. He specifically thanked Vice President JD Vance for his “honest counsel.”

Following the vote, Cassidy told the full Senate that Kennedy had provided him with several commitments, including a pledge to keep the Center for Disease Control and Prevention’s (CDC) advisory committee on immunization practices and to retain statements on the CDC’s website affirming that vaccines do not cause autism.

“Mr. Kennedy and the administration committed that he and I would have an unprecedentedly close collaborative working relationship if he is confirmed,” Cassidy stated. “We will meet or speak multiple times a month. This collaboration will allow us to work well together and therefore to be more effective.”

Cassidy further assured that he would use his role on the panel overseeing HHS to prevent any effort to limit public access to vaccines unless “ironclad causational scientific evidence” was provided and accepted by both the mainstream scientific community and Congress.

Despite Cassidy’s assertion that Kennedy had reassured him about supporting vaccine efficacy, Kennedy’s deep ties to the anti-vaccine movement were evident. Del Bigtree, a well-known anti-vaccine activist and Kennedy ally, was present in the committee room to witness Cassidy’s vote in favor of advancing the nomination.

Kennedy, a member of the famous Democratic political family, previously ran for president in 2024—initially as a Democrat before switching to an independent bid. He later dropped out and endorsed Donald Trump. While campaigning for Trump, Kennedy promoted a “Make America Healthy Again” initiative, criticizing food manufacturers and unhealthy ingredients in the U.S. food supply.

Although lawmakers from both parties supported the idea of improving food safety, Kennedy’s confirmation hearings last week highlighted other major concerns.

Kennedy struggled to answer fundamental questions about Medicaid, a crucial component of the HHS secretary’s responsibilities. Democratic senators raised alarms about potential conflicts of interest if Kennedy were confirmed, particularly noting that he could indirectly benefit financially from lawsuits against a vaccine manufacturer he would be tasked with regulating.

However, the most forceful objections to Kennedy centered on his long-standing rejection of vaccine efficacy. During a committee hearing last week, Cassidy repeatedly challenged Kennedy over his refusal to accept the scientific consensus that vaccines do not cause autism.

“I can say that I’ve approached it using the preponderance of evidence to reassure, and you’ve approached using selected evidence to cast doubt,” Cassidy stated during the hearing.

Cassidy, who is up for re-election in 2026, has already drawn a GOP primary challenger over his vote to convict Trump in the former president’s 2021 impeachment trial.

Just before the committee’s vote, Trump took to Truth Social to express support for Kennedy.

“20 years ago, Autism in children was 1 in 10,000. NOW IT’S 1 in 34. WOW! Something’s really wrong. We need BOBBY!!! Thank You! DJT,” Trump wrote.

The rate of autism diagnoses has indeed increased, rising from approximately 1 in 150 children in 2000 to 1 in 36 today. However, researchers attribute much of this rise to improved screening and evolving diagnostic criteria. Advocates have called for additional research to determine whether other factors may also be contributing to the trend.

Despite overwhelming scientific evidence debunking the alleged link between vaccines and autism, Kennedy has repeatedly promoted the false claim. Autism advocates voiced concerns over his potential confirmation, fearing that his misleading assertions could undermine decades of progress in understanding the condition. They argue that the continued focus on vaccine-related falsehoods has diverted essential research efforts from identifying the true causes of autism.

Kennedy’s position on vaccines played a significant role in Cassidy’s initial hesitation.

For weeks, Kennedy’s supporters, particularly those from the anti-vaccine movement he leads, had mounted a pressure campaign targeting Cassidy. However, another effort emerged simultaneously, urging Cassidy to oppose Kennedy’s nomination.

A source familiar with the situation revealed that over the weekend, a group called Protect Our Care escalated its efforts to block Kennedy’s appointment. The organization arranged calls to Cassidy’s office and launched digital advertisements opposing his confirmation. Additionally, doctors and other advocacy groups reached out to Cassidy to persuade him to vote no.

Meanwhile, groups associated with the anti-vaccine movement—including Children’s Health Defense, a nonprofit founded by Kennedy, and the National Vaccine Information Center—encouraged their supporters to flood Cassidy’s office with calls and emails demanding that he back Kennedy’s nomination.

During one of Kennedy’s confirmation hearings last week, Cassidy acknowledged the overwhelming response from Kennedy’s supporters.

“My phone is being blown up,” Cassidy said at the hearing. He noted that Kennedy’s followers exhibited “tremendous trust” in him—sometimes even more than they trusted their own doctors.

“The question I need to have answered is what will you do with that trust?” Cassidy asked Kennedy.

After the hearing, anti-vaccine groups mobilized further. Through newsletters, social media posts, and online broadcasts, they identified Cassidy as the biggest potential obstacle to Kennedy’s confirmation.

On Thursday’s episode of the online show hosted by the Informed Consent Action Network—an anti-vaccine organization—Bigtree dedicated 25 minutes to discussing Cassidy, urging him to support Kennedy’s nomination.

Now that Kennedy’s nomination has passed the committee stage, it will head to the full Senate for a final vote. The outcome remains uncertain, but the intense debate surrounding his confirmation underscores the deep divisions over his views on vaccines and public health policy.

Bill Gates Reflects on Philanthropy, Childhood, and Success in New Memoir

Toward the end of our conversation, Bill Gates shares new figures regarding his charitable giving, revealing just how much the Gates Foundation has spent on combating preventable diseases and alleviating poverty.

“I’ve given over 100 billion,” he states. “But I still have more to give.”

To clarify, that’s in dollars, which amounts to roughly £80 billion. This sum is comparable to the entire economy of Bulgaria or the cost of constructing the HS2 rail line. However, to put it into perspective, it is also approximately equivalent to just a single year of Tesla’s sales. Tesla’s owner, Elon Musk, is currently the wealthiest person on Earth, a title Gates himself held for many years.

As a co-founder of Microsoft, Gates has joined forces with fellow billionaire Warren Buffett to direct their wealth through the Gates Foundation, originally established with his now ex-wife, Melinda. He attributes his dedication to philanthropy to his upbringing, noting that his mother consistently reminded him that “with wealth came the responsibility to give it away.”

The Foundation is approaching its 25th anniversary in May, and Gates exclusively discloses to the BBC that his contributions have reached the $100 billion milestone. He explains that he genuinely enjoys giving away his fortune, with approximately $60 billion of it already allocated to the Foundation.

Despite this immense generosity, he acknowledges that his lifestyle remains unchanged. “I made no personal sacrifice. I didn’t order less hamburgers or less movies,” he remarks. Of course, he can still afford luxuries such as a private jet and multiple grand estates.

He reiterates his commitment to donating “the vast majority” of his wealth but acknowledges extensive discussions with his three children regarding the appropriate amount to leave them.

When asked whether his children will struggle financially after his passing, he responds with a smile, “They will not.” He elaborates, “In absolute, they’ll do well, in percentage terms it’s not a gigantic number.”

Gates’ mathematical acumen is evident throughout our conversation. As a student at Seattle’s Lakeside School, he excelled in mathematics, ranking among the top high school competitors in a four-state regional exam by the age of 13. Mathematical terminology is second nature to him. But to put his wealth into context, if he is indeed worth $160 billion, as Bloomberg’s Billionaires Index suggests, even a small fraction of that inheritance would still leave his children extremely wealthy.

Currently, Gates is one of just 15 individuals globally classified as centibillionaires—those whose net worth exceeds $100 billion—according to Bloomberg. Our interview takes place in his childhood home in Seattle, a mid-century modern four-bedroom house nestled into a hill. We are meeting to discuss his memoir, Source Code: My Beginnings, which delves into his formative years.

I am eager to explore what transformed an unconventional, obsessive child into a technological trailblazer. Accompanied by his sisters, Kristi and Libby, Gates excitedly tours the home where they spent their youth. They have not visited in years, and though the current owners have renovated it, the Gates siblings seem to approve of the changes.

As they enter the kitchen, childhood memories resurface—particularly of their late mother, who used the now-removed intercom system to sing to them in the mornings to summon them to breakfast.

Mary Gates also had an unusual habit of setting all the household clocks and watches eight minutes fast to ensure the family operated on her schedule. Though Gates often resisted his mother’s efforts to refine him, he now acknowledges, “The crucible of my ambition was warmed through that relationship.”

He attributes his competitive nature to his grandmother, “Gami,” who frequently stayed with them in this house and taught him to outwit opponents through card games.

Descending the wooden stairs, Gates locates his childhood bedroom in the basement. The space has since been converted into a guest room, but as a child, he spent countless hours there, often lost in thought.

His sisters recall how their mother, frustrated by his untidiness, once confiscated every piece of clothing left on the floor and charged him 25 cents per item to retrieve them. Gates, true to his pragmatic nature, adapted quickly: “I started wearing fewer clothes,” he says.

By then, he was already obsessed with coding. Along with a few tech-savvy school friends, he gained access to a local firm’s lone computer in exchange for reporting system issues. In the early days of the tech revolution, he was so engrossed in programming that he would sneak out at night through his bedroom window for extra computer time—without his parents’ knowledge.

Curious, I ask whether he could still do it today. He promptly unlocks the latch and opens the window. “It’s not that hard,” he grins, climbing up and out. “It’s not hard at all.”

Gates has long been known for his physical agility. In a famous early TV appearance, a presenter once asked if he could jump over a chair from a standing position—he did so effortlessly in the studio. Now, nearly 70 years old, standing in his childhood bedroom, he still appears eager to prove himself.

Beyond revisiting his youth, Gates makes a striking revelation in his memoir: he believes that if he were growing up today, he would likely be diagnosed as being on the autism spectrum.

The only other time I met him was in 2012, during a brief interview about his initiative to protect children from deadly diseases. At the time, he barely made eye contact and offered no small talk, leaving me wondering whether he might be on the spectrum.

His book confirms these suspicions. He describes his intense ability to hyperfocus on subjects, his obsessive tendencies, and his lack of social awareness.

As an elementary school student, he compiled a 177-page report on Delaware, requesting brochures from the state and even sending self-addressed stamped envelopes to businesses for annual reports. He was just 11 years old.

His sisters always knew he was different. Kristi, the eldest, recalls feeling protective of him. “He was not a normal kid… he would sit in his room and chew pencils down to the lead,” she recalls.

Libby, now a therapist, was unsurprised by his self-assessment. “The surprise was more his willingness to say ‘this might be the case’,” she notes.

Although Gates has never pursued a formal diagnosis and has no plans to, he acknowledges that his neurodivergence has been more of an asset than a hindrance. “The positive characteristics for my career have been more beneficial than the deficits have been a problem for me,” he states.

He also observes that neurodiversity is “certainly” overrepresented in Silicon Valley. “Learning something in great depth at a young age—that helps you in certain complex subjects.”

Elon Musk has similarly disclosed that he is on the autism spectrum, referencing Asperger’s syndrome. Unlike Musk and other Silicon Valley figures like Mark Zuckerberg and Jeff Bezos, Gates has not been closely associated with Donald Trump. However, he acknowledges having met with the former president for a three-hour dinner in December to discuss global health and poverty alleviation.

Regarding Zuckerberg’s decision to eliminate fact-checking on his platforms after Trump’s election, Gates remains unimpressed. “I don’t personally know how you draw that line, but I’m worried that we’re not handling that as well as we should,” he admits.

He is also deeply concerned about social media’s impact on children. He supports Australia’s proposed ban on social media for users under 16, stating, “There’s a good chance that’s a smart thing.”

Gates argues that social networking, even more than video games, “can absorb your time and make you worry about other people approving you,” stressing the need for careful regulation.

Reflecting on his journey, he acknowledges that his success was not a rags-to-riches story. His father was a lawyer, and while their financial situation was comfortable, paying for his private schooling was “a stretch, even on my father’s salary.”

Attending Lakeside School was pivotal. It was there that Gates first gained access to an early mainframe computer, thanks to a fundraising effort led by the school’s mothers. He and three friends spent every available moment on it, immersing themselves in programming when hardly anyone else had the opportunity.

Had it not been for that stroke of luck, the world might never have heard of Bill Gates.

Beyoncé and Kendrick Lamar Dominate Grammy Awards Night

Sunday night saw Beyoncé and Kendrick Lamar win big at the Grammy Awards, which also served as a fundraiser for wildfire relief efforts in Los Angeles. The event featured memorable performances, impassioned speeches, and striking red carpet looks (leather chaps are back, in case you were wondering).

HIGHLIGHT: Beyoncé wins album of the year—at last

On her eighth solo record, Cowboy Carter, Beyoncé addressed the Grammys’ reluctance to grant her Album of the Year. “AOTY, I ain’t win,” she sang. “Take that s— on the chin.” Now, she has won, making history in the process.

Her victory was long overdue. In 2017, Adele admitted Beyoncé’s Lemonade deserved the award over 25, and eyebrows were raised again in 2023 when Renaissance lost to Harry’s House. Ultimately, Beyoncé secured her win by tackling a genre Grammy voters could grasp—country.

But that doesn’t diminish her achievement. Cowboy Carter is a masterpiece that threads multiple genres into a thesis on America’s cultural past and the futility of racial gatekeeping in music. As part of a planned trilogy, this likely won’t be Beyoncé’s last Grammy triumph.

HIGHLIGHT: Sabrina Carpenter’s staged ‘malfunction’

Sabrina Carpenter, who has been on the brink of superstardom for years, took the Grammy stage in dazzling fashion—literally. She appeared in a razzle-dazzle showgirl outfit, missed her spotlight, dropped her cane, and fell through a trap door—only for it to all be an elaborate joke.

She bounced back into a big band version of Espresso, complete with a tap routine, before changing into a crystal-studded bodysuit for Please, Please, Please. As her set collapsed around her, she laughed it off, perfectly executing a vaudeville-style performance that left the audience entertained.

Host Trevor Noah quipped, “That was amazing and funny, which I didn’t appreciate. Really, Sabrina? You’re just gonna take my job like that?”

LOWLIGHT: The Weeknd ends his Grammys boycott

In 2020, The Weeknd was snubbed despite Blinding Lights becoming the most-streamed song ever. Calling the Grammys “corrupt,” he refused to submit his music for years.

So it was a surprise when he appeared unannounced at Sunday’s ceremony. Recording Academy CEO Harvey Mason Jr. acknowledged his past criticisms, highlighting efforts to diversify Grammy voters.

The Weeknd then performed two new songs, Cry For Me and Timeless, but the performance felt oddly joyless. Constantly shrouded in smoke, his return seemed more like sabotage than celebration.

HIGHLIGHT: Chappell Roan rides a big pink pony

BBC Sound of 2025 winner Chappell Roan delivered a theatrical performance of Pink Pony Club, a love letter to LA and queer discovery. Dressed in a sequined cowboy hat and boots, she rode a giant pink carousel pony alongside rodeo clown dancers.

Host Trevor Noah joked, “‘My Little Pony’ grew up!”

Later, Roan used her Best New Artist speech to call for record labels to provide artists with livable wages and healthcare. It was a breakout night for the 26-year-old.

LOWLIGHT: Kanye West and Bianca Censori’s nude stunt

Kanye West arrived on the red carpet in black, while his wife Bianca Censori wore a sheer body stocking that left little to the imagination.

After posing for cameras, the couple left abruptly, leading to speculation that they had been kicked out. However, sources later confirmed they departed on their own accord—likely before West lost the Best Rap Song award to Kendrick Lamar.

West, who already has 24 Grammys, may not have won, but he certainly got the headlines he wanted.

HIGHLIGHT: Charli XCX’s ‘Brat Green’ wins Best Artwork

Among Charli XCX’s three wins was Best Artwork for Brat. At first glance, the album cover—a plain green square with low-resolution Arial text—seems unremarkable.

However, designer Brent David Freaney spent five months perfecting the garish, nausea-inducing shade. Charli aimed to challenge the industry’s expectations of female artists, rejecting provocative album covers in favor of something intentionally off-putting.

She explained, “Why should anyone have ownership over female artists? I wanted to provoke people.”

Later, her Von Dutch performance transformed the ceremony into a sweaty underground rave, complete with a champagne toss, Julia Fox, and dancers showered in underwear (which was later donated to domestic violence survivors).

HIGHLIGHT: Kendrick Lamar’s clean sweep

The Grammys have had a complicated history with hip-hop. They didn’t introduce a rap category until 1989, and no rap album has won Album of the Year since OutKast’s Speakerboxxx/The Love Below in 2004.

That changed when Kendrick Lamar dominated the night, winning all five of his nominated categories—including Record and Song of the Year for Not Like Us, a scathing diss track aimed at Drake.

Dressed in denim, Lamar delivered a powerful message: “At the end of the day, nothing is more powerful than rap music. I don’t care what it is. We are the culture… respect the art form.”

HIGHLIGHT: Janelle Monáe’s moonwalk tribute to Quincy Jones

The Grammys honored the late Quincy Jones with a star-studded tribute.

Cynthia Erivo and Herbie Hancock performed Fly Me to the Moon, while Stevie Wonder led We Are the World with choirs from fire-affected schools.

But it was Janelle Monáe’s electrifying performance of Michael Jackson’s Don’t Stop ‘Til You Get Enough that stole the show. Dressed in MJ’s Billie Jean outfit, she moonwalked across the stage, danced on tables, and threw off her jacket to reveal a shirt reading “I Love QJ.”

Taylor Swift caught the shirt—and wore it for the rest of the night.

LOWLIGHT: Snubs for Billie Eilish and Taylor Swift

Even with 94 categories, some artists inevitably go home empty-handed. But few expected Billie Eilish and Taylor Swift to be among them.

Swift, despite six nominations, won nothing—Grammy voters seemingly deciding The Tortured Poets Department didn’t match the caliber of her past Album of the Year wins.

Eilish, the bookmakers’ favorite for Album of the Year with Hit Me Hard And Soft, lost all seven categories she was nominated for.

However, Swift has credited previous losses for inspiring her biggest work (1989), so this may not be a setback—it could be a setup for her next era.

Trevor Noah’s easy-going hosting

Trevor Noah continues to strike the right balance as Grammy host—relaxed, engaged, and never mean-spirited. Some of his best jokes included:

  • “Yesterday, Beyoncé announced her new tour. I will say, though—Beyoncé, there are tariffs. We can’t afford a new tour, right? Maple syrup is about to be $50.”
  • “Taylor Swift could become the first artist ever to win Album of the Year five times. That means she would break the record of four, set all the way back in 2024 by… Taylor Swift.”
  • “The Beatles are nominated tonight for Record of the Year thanks to AI. So good luck to them! If they win, this could open up a few doors for them.”
  • “And who knows, through the power of AI, we could even get another Rihanna album.”

Final Thoughts

From Beyoncé’s long-overdue win to Kendrick Lamar’s historic sweep, the 2025 Grammys delivered major moments. With standout performances from Sabrina Carpenter, Chappell Roan, and Janelle Monáe, and a few eyebrow-raising snubs, the night was a mix of celebrations, surprises, and controversy.

And if nothing else, at least we got some GIF-worthy reactions along the way.

Victor Menezes: A Legacy of Leadership, Service, and Compassion

Victor Menezes, the esteemed founder and Chairman Emeritus of the American India Foundation (AIF), passed away yesterday. While we grieve his loss, we also honor and celebrate his enduring impact as a leader, mentor, and friend. His legacy, rooted in an unwavering dedication to service and social transformation, will continue to guide and inspire future generations.

Victor’s association with AIF was defined by his deep commitment to meaningful change. From its inception, he championed the power of collaboration—between India and the United States, between organizations and individuals, and, most importantly, between communities. Focused on AIF’s mission to empower women, children, and youth through healthcare, education, and livelihood initiatives, he played a pivotal role in broadening the organization’s vision and reach, ensuring support for the most underserved communities in India.

More than just his intellect, expertise, resources, and extensive networks, Victor brought a unique sense of humanity, sensitivity, and empathy to AIF. During his many visits to AIF’s projects in India, he transcended social and economic barriers to personally connect with the people the organization served. While AIF’s initiatives have impacted over 19 million individuals, Victor was adamant that the organization should always uphold human dignity at its core. He firmly believed that their efforts were not an act of charity, but rather an opportunity to create meaningful change.

Many within the AIF community fondly recall receiving personal calls from Victor, urging them to join the foundation’s mission. His charisma and conviction made it nearly impossible to refuse, and those who accepted his call remain grateful for the opportunity. His leadership was marked not only by encouragement but also by an ability to provide candid, constructive feedback. He celebrated the organization’s successes while pushing everyone to strive for even greater impact. As one of his defining traits, Victor’s sharp sense of humor made even the most demanding moments enjoyable.

Beyond his work with AIF, Victor’s professional and personal achievements were remarkable. He led an extraordinary life, excelling in both his career and personal endeavors—including the memorable feat of convincing Miss Asia to marry him.

His 32-year tenure at Citigroup remains a testament to his leadership, as he was one of the few executives who worked across nearly every division and global region, leaving a lasting imprint on the company. He also served on the boards of the MIT Corporation, Catholic Charities, and Eisenhower Fellowships, while holding advisory roles at IIT Bombay and INSEAD. Additionally, he was a board member of Educational Testing Service (ETS) and a Trustee Emeritus of the Asia Society.

Despite his many accolades and accomplishments, Victor often shared that his work with AIF held the most special place in his heart. His unwavering dedication was evident when he chose to celebrate his milestone 75th birthday at the AIF New York Gala last year. That evening, the entire crowd spontaneously sang “Happy Birthday” to him—a cherished moment that exemplifies the deep affection and admiration he inspired.

As AIF moves forward, Victor’s legacy remains deeply ingrained in the fabric of the organization. His vision, passion, and relentless commitment to social impact will continue to shape its mission.

Our heartfelt condolences go out to his beloved wife, Tara, his children, and his entire family as we mourn the loss of an exceptional individual. Though Victor Menezes will be deeply missed, his spirit and dedication will live on in the vital work he championed.

Trump Halts Tariffs on Canada and Mexico, but Price Hikes Still Loom

President Donald Trump has temporarily halted tariffs on imports from Canada and Mexico following last-minute agreements with the leaders of both countries. The decision has put a month-long pause on a potential trade war within North America.

The economies of the three nations are deeply interconnected, with an estimated $2 billion (£1.6 billion) worth of manufactured goods crossing their borders daily. Trump has argued that the tariffs are meant to protect American industries. However, many economists caution that such measures could lead to higher consumer prices in the U.S.

The reason behind this concern is that domestic companies importing goods are responsible for paying the tariffs. These businesses may either pass the additional costs onto customers directly or cut back on imports, which would result in a reduced supply of goods.

If the tariffs are eventually implemented, several essential products could see price increases.

Cars

The price of cars would likely rise by approximately $3,000, according to TD Economics. This is due to the complex nature of the North American auto industry, where car parts cross U.S., Canadian, and Mexican borders multiple times before final assembly.

Higher import taxes on these parts would inevitably raise manufacturing costs, leading automakers to transfer these expenses to consumers.

“Suffice it to say that disrupting these trends through tariffs… would come with significant costs,” said Andrew Foran, an economist at TD Economics. He also pointed out that “uninterrupted free trade” in the car-making sector had existed for decades, resulting in lower prices for consumers.

Beer, Tennessee Whiskey, and Tequila

Popular Mexican beer brands like Modelo and Corona could become more expensive in the U.S. if the companies importing them decide to pass on the increased import taxes. However, another possibility is that firms may simply import less beer rather than increase prices.

Modelo became the best-selling beer brand in the U.S. in 2023 and remains in that position for now.

When it comes to spirits, the situation is more complicated. The industry has largely operated without tariffs since the 1990s. In anticipation of the potential tariffs, trade bodies from the U.S., Canada, and Mexico issued a joint statement expressing their “deep concern.”

They pointed out that specific spirits, such as Bourbon, Tennessee whiskey, tequila, and Canadian whisky, are “recognized as distinctive products and can only be produced in their designated countries.”

Since the production of these beverages cannot simply be relocated, supplies could be affected, leading to higher prices. The trade groups also noted that many companies own various spirit brands across all three nations.

Houses

The U.S. housing market could also feel the impact, as tariffs on Canadian lumber imports would drive up construction costs. Trump has claimed that “the U.S. has more lumber than we ever use.”

However, the National Association of Home Builders (NAHB) has urged the president to exempt building materials from the proposed tariffs, citing concerns about housing affordability.

The industry body warned that lumber tariffs could raise the cost of building homes—most of which are primarily constructed from wood in the U.S.—and discourage developers from starting new projects.

“Consumers end up paying for the tariffs in the form of higher home prices,” the NAHB stated.

Maple Syrup

One of the most direct consequences of a U.S.-Canada trade war would be an increase in the price of Canadian maple syrup, according to Thomas Sampson, an associate professor of economics at the London School of Economics.

Canada’s maple syrup industry, worth billions of dollars, accounts for 75% of the world’s production. Around 90% of this comes from Quebec, home to the world’s only strategic maple syrup reserve, established 24 years ago.

“That maple syrup is going to become more expensive. And that’s a direct price increase that households will face,” Sampson explained.

He also noted that even U.S.-made products that rely on Canadian ingredients would see price hikes: “If I buy goods that are domestically produced in the U.S., but that are produced using inputs from Canada, the price of those goods is also going to go up.”

Fuel Prices

Canada is the largest foreign supplier of crude oil to the U.S. Between January and November of last year, 61% of America’s imported oil came from Canada, according to official trade figures.

Although Canadian goods imported into the U.S. are subject to a 25% tariff, crude oil has been given a lower 10% tariff.

While the U.S. has an ample supply of oil, its refineries are designed to process heavier crude oil, which mostly comes from Canada and, to a lesser extent, Mexico.

“Many refineries need heavier crude oil to maximize flexibility of gasoline, diesel, and jet fuel production,” stated the American Fuel and Petrochemical Manufacturers.

If Canada were to retaliate by reducing crude oil exports, fuel prices at the pump could rise for American consumers.

Avocados

One food item that could see a steep price increase is avocados. Nearly 90% of avocados consumed in the U.S. each year are grown in Mexico, where the climate is ideal for their production.

Should tariffs be enforced, the U.S. Agriculture Department has warned that avocado prices—along with those of avocado-based foods like guacamole—could spike, especially by Super Bowl Sunday on February 9.

Impact on Canadian Goods

Before Trump and Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau reached their agreement to pause tariffs, Canada had been preparing to impose retaliatory import taxes.

An initial round of C$30 billion in tariffs was set to take effect on Tuesday, which would have resulted in higher prices for Canadian consumers as well.

The Canadian government had published a list of U.S. imports that would have faced immediate 25% tariffs. This included essential grocery items like oranges, a fruit that Canada struggles to produce due to its colder climate.

Alcohol imports from the U.S. would also have been affected. Several Canadian provinces—including Ontario, British Columbia, Manitoba, New Brunswick, and Nova Scotia—had planned to remove all American-made alcoholic beverages from store shelves starting Tuesday.

Any remaining U.S. alcohol available in Canada would likely have been subject to price increases, as it was included in the list of retaliatory tariffs.

Additionally, Canadian shoppers who purchase goods online from U.S. retailers could have felt the economic pinch due to a weaker Canadian dollar.

While the temporary halt on tariffs has provided short-term relief, the uncertainty surrounding North American trade continues, leaving businesses and consumers on both sides of the border bracing for potential economic shifts.

Scientists Monitor Asteroid 2024 YR4 Amid Slim Impact Possibility

Global planetary defense organizations are closely observing asteroid 2024 YR4, which carries a very small chance of colliding with Earth.

The European Space Agency (ESA) has stated that there is an almost 99% likelihood that the asteroid will pass safely by Earth on December 22, 2032. However, experts caution that a potential impact “cannot yet be entirely ruled out.” The current probability of collision is estimated at 1.3%.

Dr. Robert Massey of the Royal Astronomical Society expressed confidence that the risk remains minimal. “I’m not panicking or losing sleep over it,” he said. “There is no need for alarm. The thing about this kind of event is that historically they tend to go away when the calculations are refined.”

At the same time, Massey emphasized the importance of continued vigilance. “We need to be aware, alert, and we need to give astronomers the resources they need to track these kinds of threats so that we can take action as soon as possible.”

Discovery and Potential Impact

Asteroid 2024 YR4 was first identified on December 27, 2024. Initial calculations suggest it measures between 40 and 90 meters across. Were it to collide with Earth, it could unleash energy equivalent to a nuclear explosion, causing extensive destruction if the impact were to occur in a populated region.

Despite this, scientists believe it is far more likely that YR4 would land in an ocean or an uninhabited part of the planet if an impact were to occur. Given its current distance from Earth and existing uncertainties, pinpointing a potential impact location remains impossible at this stage.

Since early January, astronomers have been conducting further observations using telescopes to refine their calculations of the asteroid’s size and trajectory. Currently, YR4 has been classified as a level 3 threat on the Torino Impact Hazard Scale, which ranges from 0 to 10. This rating signifies “a close encounter that warrants attention from astronomers and the public.” In contrast, a collision is considered certain only if the rating reaches levels 8, 9, or 10, which correspond to increasing levels of expected damage.

Past Cases of Overestimated Risk

Astronomers stress that when asteroids are first assessed as having a small probability of striking Earth, the likelihood of impact usually drops to zero as further data is collected. A similar situation arose in 2004 when scientists initially calculated that an asteroid named Apophis had a 2.7% chance of colliding with Earth in 2029. Later observations, however, ruled out that possibility.

Under planetary defense protocols, any object with a diameter exceeding 50 meters and a greater than 1% chance of impacting Earth automatically triggers precautionary measures. These protocols ensure that even minor risks are closely observed, allowing authorities to take action if necessary.

Monitoring by International Agencies

The first step in such cases involves activating two key UN-backed asteroid monitoring organizations: the International Asteroid Warning Network (IAWN), which is chaired by NASA, and the Space Mission Planning Advisory Group (SMPAG), overseen by ESA.

SMPAG is currently holding discussions to determine the best course of action. The group has already concluded that it is too early to take immediate measures but affirmed that it would “monitor the evolution of impact threat and possible knowledge about the size closely.”

Another meeting to decide on future actions is scheduled for late April or early May. However, if new data suggests an increased threat, an earlier meeting may be convened.

If YR4’s probability of impact remains above the 1% threshold, SMPAG will provide recommendations to the United Nations and may begin evaluating possible intervention strategies.

Potential Deflection Strategies

In the unlikely scenario that asteroid 2024 YR4 is determined to be on a collision course with Earth, one viable option would be to divert its path using a robotic spacecraft. This method was successfully demonstrated in 2022 through NASA’s Double Asteroid Redirection Test (DART) mission, which altered the trajectory of an asteroid that was not on a collision course with Earth.

Dr. Massey pointed to the success of that mission as evidence that humanity has the capability to prevent such impacts—provided that threats are identified with sufficient lead time. “NASA’s DART mission showed that we have the means to divert an asteroid, but only if we spot it early enough,” he said.

Challenges in Tracking YR4’s Path

At present, asteroid YR4 is moving away from Earth in an almost linear trajectory, which makes it difficult to determine its exact orbit with precision. Scientists expect the asteroid to fade from view in the coming months, after which it will be monitored through both ground-based and space telescopes.

ESA has acknowledged the possibility that YR4 could become unobservable before scientists can definitively rule out the risk of impact in 2032. “It is possible that asteroid 2024 YR4 will fade from view before we are able to entirely rule out any chance of impact in 2032,” the agency stated. “In this case, the asteroid will likely remain on ESA’s risk list until it becomes observable again in 2028.”

For now, experts emphasize that while the situation warrants attention, there is no cause for immediate concern. As additional observations refine the asteroid’s trajectory, scientists expect the probability of an impact to decrease even further.

Trump and Trudeau Agree to Pause Tariffs for 30 Days Amid Border Security Talks

Former President Donald Trump and Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau have agreed to postpone the implementation of 25 percent tariffs on Canadian imports for at least a month. This decision was reached just hours after Trump similarly delayed tariffs on Mexico.

The pause on tariffs, which were originally set to take effect on Tuesday, followed a second conversation between Trump and Trudeau on Monday. Trump stated that Canada had committed to securing the northern border and intensifying efforts to curb the flow of fentanyl into the United States. As part of this agreement, Canada will implement its $1.3 billion border security plan and take additional measures to strengthen border control.

“As President, it is my responsibility to ensure the safety of ALL Americans, and I am doing just that. I am very pleased with this initial outcome, and the Tariffs announced on Saturday will be paused for a 30-day period to see whether or not a final Economic deal with Canada can be structured. FAIRNESS FOR ALL!” Trump posted on Truth Social.

Trudeau, in his announcement on the social media platform X, provided details on Canada’s new measures. The government plans to appoint a “Fentanyl Czar,” designate cartels as terrorist organizations, implement continuous surveillance on the U.S.-Canada border, and establish a joint strike force with the United States to combat crime, fentanyl trafficking, and money laundering.

As part of their agreement, Trump and Trudeau signed a new intelligence directive focused on organized crime and fentanyl. This initiative will receive $200 million in funding.

“Nearly 10,000 frontline personnel are and will be working on protecting the border,” Trudeau stated.

The agreement with Canada is similar to the arrangement Trump reached earlier in the day with Mexican President Claudia Sheinbaum. Ahead of the tariff deadline, Mexico committed to deploying 10,000 soldiers to its northern border to curb fentanyl trafficking and unauthorized immigration into the U.S.

On Saturday, Trump had signed orders imposing 25 percent tariffs on imports from both Canada and Mexico, along with a 10 percent tariff on Chinese goods. While the decisions on Canada and Mexico have been temporarily halted, there has been no update regarding tariffs on China. In response, China’s Ministry of Commerce stated it would file a legal challenge against the United States at the World Trade Organization.

Following Trump’s tariff announcement, Trudeau had previously stated that Canada would impose retaliatory tariffs of 25 percent on over $100 billion worth of U.S. goods. Meanwhile, Pierre Poilievre, a leading candidate to succeed Trudeau as prime minister, strongly criticized Trump’s tariffs, calling them “unjust and unjustified” and advocating for a “dollar-for-dollar” response.

Earlier on Monday, Trump also reiterated his long-standing idea of integrating Canada into the United States, downplaying the economic ties between the two nations. Despite this assertion, Canada remains one of America’s most significant trade partners.

Trump Imposes New Tariffs on Imports from Canada, Mexico, and China

Donald Trump has introduced new tariffs on goods imported into the U.S. from Canada, Mexico, and China. The former president signed an executive order imposing a 25% tariff on all imports from Canada and Mexico, aiming to pressure these countries into taking stronger action against illegal immigration and drug trafficking.

Additionally, a 10% tariff will be levied on goods from China, on top of existing duties, until the country addresses fentanyl smuggling. Trump has previously pledged to impose a 60% tariff on Chinese goods and has even considered a 200% tax on certain vehicle imports.

Tariffs have been a key component of Trump’s economic strategy, which he believes can bolster the U.S. economy, protect domestic jobs, and generate tax revenue. During his election campaign, he reassured voters that these taxes would not be a burden on them. “It’s not going to be a cost to you, it’s a cost to another country,” he asserted.

However, this claim was widely dismissed by economists as misleading.

How Tariffs Function

A tariff is essentially a domestic tax applied to goods entering the country, based on their value. For instance, if an imported car worth $50,000 is subject to a 25% tariff, an additional $12,500 charge will be applied. The cost of the tariff is paid by the domestic company that imports the product rather than the foreign exporter. In practice, this means U.S. firms must pay the tariff to the U.S. government.

In 2023, the U.S. imported approximately $3.1 trillion worth of goods, representing about 11% of the nation’s GDP. The tariffs imposed on these imports generated $80 billion in revenue, accounting for roughly 2% of total U.S. tax revenue.

However, the ultimate economic impact of tariffs is more complex. If an importing company passes the tariff cost onto consumers through price increases, American buyers bear the financial burden. Conversely, if the firm absorbs the cost, it results in reduced profits. A third possibility is that foreign exporters lower their prices to offset the tariff and maintain U.S. customers, leading to reduced profits on their end.

While all these scenarios are theoretically possible, economic analyses of the tariffs implemented by Trump between 2017 and 2020 indicate that American consumers bore most of the burden.

A University of Chicago survey conducted in September 2024 found that an overwhelming majority of economists agreed with the statement that “imposing tariffs results in a substantial portion of the tariffs being borne by consumers of the country that enacts the tariffs, through price increases,” with only 2% disagreeing.

Price Increases and Consumer Impact

One concrete example of tariff-driven price hikes is Trump’s 2018 decision to impose a 50% tariff on washing machine imports. Researchers found that this policy led to a 12% price increase, costing U.S. consumers approximately $1.5 billion annually.

If Trump were to introduce even higher tariffs in a future administration, the economic impact is expected to be similar. The Peterson Institute for International Economics, a nonpartisan think tank, estimates that Trump’s proposed tariffs would lower American incomes. The wealthiest fifth of Americans would see a reduction of around 2%, while the poorest fifth would experience a decline of approximately 4%.

A typical middle-income U.S. household would lose an estimated $1,700 per year due to these tariffs. The Center for American Progress, a left-leaning think tank, projects even higher losses, estimating that middle-income families could see annual financial hits ranging from $2,500 to $3,900.

Several economists have warned that another large round of tariffs could contribute to increased domestic inflation.

Job Market Effects

Trump has repeatedly justified his tariffs as a means to protect and create American jobs. “Under my plan, American workers will no longer be worried about losing your jobs to foreign nations, instead, foreign nations will be worried about losing their jobs to America,” he stated during his campaign.

His tariffs were introduced in response to longstanding concerns over the decline of U.S. manufacturing jobs due to globalization, particularly following the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) with Mexico in 1994 and China’s entry into the World Trade Organization in 2001.

In January 1994, when NAFTA came into effect, the U.S. had nearly 17 million manufacturing jobs. By 2016, that number had fallen to about 12 million.

However, many economists argue that this decline is not solely due to trade agreements but also reflects the rise of automation and other technological advancements.

Studies analyzing Trump’s first-term tariffs found no substantial overall employment gains in U.S. industrial sectors that were protected by these policies.

For example, in 2018, Trump imposed a 25% tariff on imported steel to support domestic steel producers. Yet, by 2020, employment in the U.S. steel industry had actually declined, standing at 80,000 jobs—down from 84,000 in 2018.

It is possible that without the tariffs, steel industry employment would have dropped even further. However, detailed economic studies concluded that the tariffs did not lead to meaningful job growth.

Moreover, some industries suffered indirect job losses due to higher material costs. For example, manufacturers reliant on steel, such as agricultural machinery producer Deere & Co, reportedly experienced lower employment levels as a result of higher steel prices.

Trade Deficit Challenges

Trump has frequently criticized the U.S. trade deficit, arguing that it harms the economy. “Trade deficits hurt the economy very badly,” he has claimed.

In 2016, before Trump assumed office, the U.S. trade deficit for goods and services was $480 billion, or about 2.5% of GDP. By 2020, despite his tariff policies, the deficit had ballooned to $653 billion, approximately 3% of GDP.

Economists attribute this increase partly to the impact of tariffs on currency values. By reducing demand for foreign currencies in international trade, tariffs strengthened the U.S. dollar, making American exports less competitive globally.

Additionally, tariffs in a globalized economy can often be circumvented.

For instance, Trump imposed a 30% tariff on Chinese solar panel imports in 2018. However, the U.S. Commerce Department later found that many Chinese manufacturers had relocated assembly operations to countries such as Malaysia, Thailand, Cambodia, and Vietnam. By exporting finished solar panels from these nations, companies effectively evaded U.S. tariffs.

Limited Support for Tariffs Among Economists

While most economists oppose Trump’s tariffs, some believe they could benefit U.S. industry. Jeff Ferry of the Coalition for a Prosperous America, a domestic industry advocacy group, supports the tariffs as a means of strengthening American manufacturing.

Similarly, Oren Cass, director of the conservative think tank American Compass, argues that tariffs can incentivize companies to keep production in the U.S., which he believes has national security and supply chain benefits.

Despite Trump’s aggressive trade policies, the Biden administration has retained many tariffs introduced after 2018. Additionally, Biden has imposed new tariffs on certain Chinese imports, including electric vehicles, citing concerns over national security, domestic industry protection, and unfair subsidies from Beijing.

Looking Ahead

As Trump prepares for a potential return to office, his tariff policies remain a focal point of economic debate. While he insists that tariffs will boost U.S. industry and protect jobs, economic studies suggest they have primarily increased costs for American consumers without delivering significant employment benefits.

With China, Canada, and Mexico vowing to retaliate, the long-term consequences of these policies remain uncertain.

Democrats Face Perception Problem on Economic Focus, New Poll Finds

A recent poll conducted by The New York Times and Ipsos indicates that many Americans do not view the Democratic Party as prioritizing economic issues. When asked about the issues they believe are most important to the Democratic Party, only 17 percent of respondents identified “the economy/inflation” as a key focus. By contrast, 31 percent cited “abortion” and “gay/lesbian/transgender policy” as central concerns for the party.

The findings come in the wake of President Donald Trump’s reelection and the Republican Party securing a majority in the Senate while maintaining control of the House. These developments have left Democrats grappling with their party’s direction following the 2024 elections.

Ken Martin, the new chair of the Democratic National Committee (DNC), expressed concern about how the party is currently perceived by the American public. Speaking to The New York Times in November, Martin said, “I found it deeply alarming … that for the first time in modern history, the majority of Americans believe that the Republican Party best represents the interests of the working class and the poor.”

He further noted, “And that the Democratic Party represents the interests of the wealthy and the elite. That would suggest we have a huge branding problem, because that is not who our party is.” Martin emphasized the need for Democrats to improve their messaging, stating, “And we’ve got to do a better job of making sure people know that wherever they live, wherever they are from, no matter who they are, we’re fighting for them and we’re their champion in this country.”

The poll also reflected positive public sentiment regarding Trump’s economic policies. When asked whether they believe Trump’s policies would benefit the national economy, 45 percent of respondents said they would, while 39 percent disagreed.

The New York Times and Ipsos poll was conducted from January 2 to January 10, surveying 2,128 individuals. The margin of error for the poll was 2.6 percentage points.

India’s Union Budget 2025: Tax Reforms for NRIs and Foreign Investment Incentives

On February 1, Indian Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman presented the Union Budget for 2025, introducing key tax revisions for non-resident Indians (NRIs) and incentives aimed at attracting foreign investors.

A significant aspect of this year’s budget was the tax reductions. For NRIs, one of the notable proposals included raising the threshold for tax collection at source (TCS) on remittances under the Reserve Bank of India’s (RBI) Liberalized Remittance Scheme (LRS) from Rs.7 lakh ($8,400) to Rs.10 lakh ($12,000). Furthermore, the delay in TCS payment up to the deadline for filing statements is now proposed to be decriminalized.

These exemptions hold particular importance since India receives the highest volume of remittances globally, with a substantial share coming from its diaspora in the Gulf countries and the United States.

Another key proposal in the budget aimed at NRIs involves changes in the taxation of long-term capital gains (LTCG). The government has suggested aligning LTCG tax rates for Foreign Institutional Investors (FIIs) with those applicable to resident taxpayers on the transfer of capital assets. “It is proposed to bring parity between the taxation of capital gains on transfer of capital assets between residents and non-residents being Foreign Institutional investors, on their income by way of long-term capital gains on transfer of securities,” Sitharaman stated in her Budget speech.

To boost investments, the government has also proposed the introduction of a presumptive taxation framework for foreign entities that provide services to Indian firms involved in establishing or running electronics manufacturing plants. Additionally, a safe harbour provision is being introduced to ensure tax certainty for non-resident entities that store components for supplying specific electronics manufacturing units.

Another major reform in the budget pertains to foreign direct investment (FDI) in the insurance sector. The permissible FDI limit is set to be increased from 74% to 100%. However, this will only apply to companies that invest the entire premium amount within India.

In an effort to make India more attractive for global investors under the ‘first develop India’ initiative, the government has also decided to revise and enhance the existing model for Bilateral Investment Treaties (BIT). Sitharaman emphasized that the new framework would be more investor-friendly while ensuring that the conditions and regulatory safeguards associated with foreign investments are reviewed and simplified.

AI-Powered Cyber Threats Surge in 2025: FBI Warns of Rising ‘Phantom Hacker’ Scams

The digital landscape is becoming increasingly perilous, with artificial intelligence-driven cyber threats already in full swing despite 2025 being in its first month. Warnings about AI-powered cyberattacks are proving accurate, as hackers escalate their tactics. While large-scale threats, such as Chinese hackers infiltrating networks and AI-based surveillance targeting smartphones, are concerning, individuals remain most vulnerable to their own lapses in vigilance against everyday scams.

One of the most alarming attacks currently unfolding is the wave of “phantom hacker” scams, which the FBI has cautioned is “growing rapidly.” These scams primarily target Apple and Android users, leveraging caller ID spoofing to deceive victims. The attackers impersonate a bank representative, tricking individuals into transferring funds under the pretense of securing their money from an alleged hacker. “And they may even be able to spoof that bank’s phone number,” the FBI warned, emphasizing that “the number on your caller ID or cell phone might show that it’s the bank.”

The rapid proliferation of this spoofed call scam may have already reached its most dangerous phase of 2025. A seasoned engineer specializing in cybersecurity nearly fell victim to an attack that spoofed Google’s customer support number, describing it as “the most sophisticated phishing attack I’ve ever seen.” This incident serves as a crucial reminder that appearances can be deceiving and reinforces the necessity of adhering to fundamental security practices.

A common trend in these attacks is the exploitation of trust in well-known organizations. Google has made it clear that it does not proactively call users to address technical issues, a warning that aligns with the tactics used in the latest AI-driven scam. Likewise, in one of the most prominent Phantom Hacker scams, the targeted financial institution issued a strong advisory: “Remember that Bank of America will never contact you to request that you move money to protect yourself from fraud.”

To counteract this growing threat, Microsoft has announced a new security update for Windows users, integrating AI-driven protections against these scams. The update specifically targets “scareware” tactics that exploit fraudulent tech support calls to dupe users. “The FBI reports that victims lose over a billion dollars per year to tech support and related scams,” Microsoft stated in its announcement, directing users to the agency’s advisory on how to stay protected.

With AI continuing to empower cybercriminals, vigilance remains the strongest defense against these evolving threats.

Indian American Actor Kal Penn Expresses Interest in Remaking Amitabh Bachchan’s Don

Indian American actor Kalpen Suresh Modi, popularly known as Kal Penn, has expressed a strong interest in remaking the 1978 Bollywood classic Don, originally starring Amitabh Bachchan. Penn envisions a Hollywood adaptation of the legendary thriller, reimagining it in a contemporary Western setting.

While speaking at the Jaipur Literature Festival in India, Penn shared his admiration for Bachchan and his desire to introduce Don to an international audience. “I remain… I mean, who isn’t a huge Amitabh Bachchan fan? The original Don is what I would love to remake, but it can still be escapist; it can still be in the same way, same colour palette, just like set in Brooklyn or set in Ohio,” he remarked.

The actor, who was at the festival to promote his memoir You Can’t Be Serious, also discussed his personal connection to Indian television dramas. He revealed that he once had an “obsession” with the popular Hindi soap opera Saath Nibhana Saathiya, which revolves around the lives of an affluent Gujarati family. Watching the show, Penn said, was part of his effort to improve his Hindi language skills.

“Whenever I am working in India, I try to get a script two months in advance. One of the ways I try to learn and keep up with Hindi is by watching serials. So I got addicted to Saath Nibhana Saathiya, so like Kokila Ben is a bad***. You don’t want to cross her and Gopi is obviously a meme like Gopi washing a laptop,” he said, drawing laughter from the audience.

Penn, widely recognized for his roles in The Namesake and the Harold & Kumar film series, was recently spotted on the sets of the Hindi comedy show Tarak Mehta Ka Ooltah Chashma. Over the years, he has taken on a variety of roles in both films and television, including Bhopal: A Prayer for Rain, Designated Survivor, and The Big Bang Theory.

During his discussion at the festival, Penn also highlighted the growing presence of South Asian talent in global entertainment. He acknowledged the contributions of creators like Mindy Kaling and Priyanka Chopra, who have been instrumental in diversifying storytelling through digital streaming platforms.

The Jaipur Literature Festival, where Penn delivered his remarks, is renowned for featuring a distinguished lineup of speakers, including authors, journalists, and policymakers. The event regularly hosts Nobel laureates and Booker Prize winners, making it a significant gathering in the literary and cultural space.

Microsoft Faces Security Crisis as Windows 10 Support Nears End

Microsoft is confronting a significant challenge as the deadline approaches for 850 million Windows users to update their PCs, potentially leading to a major security crisis. Despite numerous warnings, feature incentives, and even the implied threat of unexpected costs, a substantial portion of users remains hesitant to upgrade. Perhaps this explains why approximately 40 million users have finally made the transition in the past month.

The issue revolves around Windows 11 and the persistent reluctance of Windows 10 users to move to the newer version. While the transition had been progressing steadily throughout 2024, a reversal of this trend in the last two months of the year has raised concerns for Microsoft and the users who are approaching the October deadline for end-of-support.

Microsoft has made it clear that Windows 10 users can upgrade to Windows 11 for free—provided their PCs meet the necessary hardware and security requirements. Alternatively, users have the option to pay a one-time fee of $30, which extends support for another 12 months until October of the following year. This arrangement is well known, but Microsoft’s actions last month added confusion to the situation.

A now-deleted blog post appeared to signal a shift in Microsoft’s stance. The post was removed due to “inaccurate information and a misleading headline,” yet its potential impact remains evident. The latest statistics from January indicate that the declining Windows 11 upgrade trend has reversed, with 40 million users switching from Windows 10 in a single month. This translates to approximately 2.5% of the total Windows user base making the transition.

For Microsoft, this development provides a glimmer of positive news amid an otherwise difficult period. Windows 11 update failures have compounded the situation, affecting various accessories and software installations, with recent issues involving audio drivers. Despite these setbacks, the uptick in upgrades suggests that users are gradually responding to Microsoft’s push.

However, the overall numbers remain concerning. If upgrades continue at the current rate of 40 million users per month over the next nine months, there would still be around 500 million users left exposed. This figure roughly corresponds to the estimated number of PCs that are incapable of upgrading to Windows 11 without bypassing Microsoft’s hardware security requirements. There is a clear limit to how many users can transition smoothly, and a viable solution is still necessary.

Microsoft has attempted to frame 2025 as the year of the Windows 11 PC refresh, emphasizing the introduction of Copilot AI-enabled PCs as a key incentive for users to upgrade. While this may encourage some transitions, it does not address the overarching problem. If the situation remains unchanged, an unprecedented number of Windows PCs will lose security support by October, coinciding with a period of heightened cybersecurity threats.

As the deadline approaches, drastic measures may become necessary. Possible solutions could include forced upgrades for compatible devices or the introduction of an “upgrade light” version for users with unsupported hardware. “I can’t see the situation being left unmanaged given the security nightmare that will then come true,” the article notes.

Microsoft’s handling of this looming crisis will be closely watched, as the company faces the challenge of ensuring that millions of users do not become vulnerable to cybersecurity risks when Windows 10 support officially ends.

Finland Struggles With Declining Birth Rate Despite Strong Social Policies

Finland, once a model for balancing work and family life, is struggling with a sharp decline in birth rates as more adults choose to remain child-free. Despite extensive parental leave, quality child care, free education, and universal health care, Finland’s fertility rate has fallen below the replacement level of 2.1, mirroring a broader trend across Europe.

This trend extends beyond Europe. The U.S. birth rate has hit a historic low of 1.6 children per woman, while Japan’s stands at 1.2. Africa’s fertility rate in 2025 is projected to be 4.05 births per woman, reflecting a 1.3 percent decline from 2024. China, despite efforts to encourage childbirth—including framing it as patriotic—reported its population decline for the third consecutive year.

U.S. Vice President J.D. Vance recently addressed the issue: “Our society has failed to recognize the obligation that one generation has to another as a core part of living in a society. So let me say very simply, I want more babies in the United States of America.”

In Finland, the fertility rate dropped to 1.32 in 2022, according to Statistics Finland. The nation’s population of 5.5 million has seen an average age increase to 43 in 2023, with only 15 percent under age 15 and 23 percent over 65.

This so-called “fertility paradox” challenges the assumption that strong social welfare systems lead to higher birth rates.

Dr. Oskari Heikinheimo, an ob-gyn in Helsinki, attributes the decline to changing societal priorities. “The traditional model of the nuclear family is no longer the sole aspiration for many young people,” he said.

Women increasingly delay motherhood for education and careers, and many remain single—nearly a quarter of Finns and about half of Helsinki’s residents live alone. Finding a compatible partner has become harder, with political differences between genders playing a role.

Between 2010 and 2019, Finland’s fertility rate fell from 1.87 to 1.35, placing it below Britain’s 1.6 and slightly above Italy’s 1.3. This contrasts with the early 2000s when the birth rate rose from 1.73 in 2000 to 1.87 in 2010, indicating that past policies promoting gender equality and family support were effective, though not sustainable.

Declining birth rates worldwide raise concerns about economic growth and sustaining welfare programs for aging populations. Some experts see it as a crisis for humanity.

The issue has become politicized in Finland, as in other European nations. The rise of right-wing populism has fueled pro-natalist policies, reflecting a conservative push.

Anna Rotkirch of Finland’s Population Research Institute highlighted that among Finnish adults aged 22-40 who desire children, the biggest barrier is finding a suitable partner.

To counteract population decline, Finland has turned to immigration. In 2023, the country saw a net gain of 58,000 immigrants, per Statistics Finland. However, integration challenges such as language barriers and cultural biases persist. Even with a welcoming approach, Finland competes with other developed nations for skilled immigrants, and its harsh Nordic climate is often unappealing to outsiders.

Finnish lawmakers have promoted increasing birth rates, but some efforts—like encouraging participation in “synnytystalkoot,” a communal push for childbirth—have been criticized as excessive.

In 2022, Finland extended paid parental leave to 13 months, split equally between parents. The country also boasts one of the lowest maternal mortality rates globally and heavily subsidized child care. Yet, birth rates remain low, posing risks to the welfare system’s financial stability.

The increasing age of first-time mothers is another factor. In 2018, 24 percent of first-time mothers were 35 or older, compared to 20-24 percent in other Nordic nations, according to Mika Gissler of the Finnish Institute for Health and Welfare.

While delaying childbirth allows women to pursue personal and professional goals, it can lead to riskier pregnancies and fewer children overall.

For some, postponing parenthood is a conscious choice. Eira Talka, 41, became a mother at 36 after years of travel and career-building. “I never even wished for a child when I was under 30,” she said.

Talka believes older parenthood has its advantages. “Maybe nighttime wake-ups with a baby would have been easier when we were younger, but I also think I would have been more helpless and less mature in challenging situations,” she added.

Gender-based ideological divides also make family formation more difficult. Finnish media reports that while men increasingly lean right politically, women are shifting left. Talka noted that these differences extend to lifestyles and social expectations.

“This ideological divide is likely linked to differences in lifestyles, places of residence, and the inability of some young men to adapt to life in Finland,” she said. “Political attitudes harden when life doesn’t go as expected.”

Growing acceptance of diverse family structures, including single parenthood and same-sex couples, has given Finns more options but also added complexity to childrearing. Rotkirch suggested that a cultural expectation for stability in finances, careers, and relationships before having children contributes to delays.

Economic and social factors also influence parenthood. Lower education levels and higher unemployment particularly impact men’s likelihood of becoming fathers. Statistics Finland and the Family Federation of Finland reported that as of 2015-2017, 36 percent of low-educated men had no children by age 40-45, compared to 23 percent of low-educated women.

A growing child-free movement is another contributor. The Family Federation of Finland’s 2023 Family Barometer found that 15 percent of Finns identify as voluntarily child-free, with 25 percent of those under 25 saying they do not want children.

Soile Rajamaki, president of the Finnish Childfree Association, emphasized the importance of respecting these choices. “Many believe that being child-free is an innate quality or identity issue,” she said, citing personal freedom and environmental concerns as key factors. The association, founded in 2012, has grown steadily and advocates for publicly funded sterilization, arguing that Finland’s minimum sterilization age of 30 should be lowered.

Meanwhile, some Finnish parents feel that society lacks psychological support for raising children. “It’s a fact that Finnish society is hostile towards children—or maybe it’s hostility towards parents,” said Julia Thuren, a 37-year-old Helsinki-based mother of three and social media influencer who shares the joys of parenthood.

Thuren, who frequently travels with her children, said she often receives disapproving looks from fellow passengers on public transportation. “It’s rare for people to say something; it’s more about getting the evil eye,” she said.

Municipalities with aging populations have introduced financial incentives to encourage childbirth. A study by the Association of Finnish Municipalities found that over 100 towns and cities offered baby bonuses, usually around 500 euros ($520). Some, like Tervola in Finnish Lapland, provide up to 6,000 euros ($6,250) over five years.

However, financial incentives alone may not be effective. Lestijarvi, for example, discontinued its 10,000-euro ($10,400) baby bonus program due to lack of success.

Rajamaki of the Finnish Childfree Association believes the real concern is not just declining birth rates but a cultural shift in how motherhood is perceived. “This concern about the reduced birth rate is more accurately a concern about a cultural change, where motherhood is no longer raised on the pedestal to be a woman’s only true goal in life,” she said.

As Finland navigates this demographic shift, it must grapple with economic, cultural, and ideological factors shaping its future population trends.

UK Extracted $64.82 Trillion from India During Colonial Rule, Oxfam Report Reveals

Oxfam International’s latest global inequality report, titled “Takers, Not Makers,” reveals that the United Kingdom extracted an astonishing $64.82 trillion from India over 135 years of colonial rule, from 1765 to 1900. Of this massive sum, $33.8 trillion benefited the wealthiest 10 percent of British society. This amount is so vast that it could cover London’s surface area almost four times over with £50 notes. The report, released just hours before the annual World Economic Forum meeting, highlights the enduring impact of colonial exploitation on global inequality.

“Legacies of inequality and pathologies of plunder, pioneered during the time of historical colonialism, continue to shape modern lives,” Oxfam stated in the report. The organization argues that colonial-era practices have created a deeply unequal world, marked by divisions rooted in racism and economic exploitation. Oxfam asserts that wealth continues to be systematically extracted from the Global South, primarily benefiting the richest individuals in the Global North.

The report draws from various studies and historical research to support its claims. According to Oxfam, the $33.8 trillion siphoned from India by the UK’s wealthiest during colonial times represents a significant portion of the total wealth extracted. “This would be enough to carpet the surface area of London in British pound 50 notes almost four times over,” the report emphasizes.

Oxfam also highlights that many of the UK’s wealthiest individuals today can trace their fortunes back to the colonial era, particularly to compensation payments given to slave owners after the abolition of slavery. This historical wealth accumulation has had a lasting effect, with economic advantages passed down through generations.

The report underscores the role of colonialism in shaping modern multinational corporations. Oxfam describes these corporations as products of colonial systems, with roots in entities like the East India Company, which operated with near-sovereign powers and was responsible for numerous colonial crimes. “In the modern day, multinational corporations, often occupying monopoly or near-monopoly positions, continue to exploit workers in the Global South, particularly women workers, on behalf of rich shareholders primarily based in the Global North,” Oxfam noted.

Global supply chains and export processing industries are portrayed as modern equivalents of colonial exploitation, facilitating the continuous transfer of wealth from the Global South to the Global North. Workers in these industries often face harsh conditions, lack collective bargaining rights, and receive minimal social protection. The report points out that wages in the Global South are between 87 percent and 95 percent lower than those in the Global North for jobs requiring similar skills.

Oxfam asserts that large multinational corporations dominate global supply chains, reaping the benefits of cheap labor and resource extraction from the Global South. These corporations capture the majority of profits while perpetuating economic dependence and exploitation. “They capture the vast majority of profits and perpetuate dependence, exploitation, and control through economic means,” the report states.

Beyond the wealthiest elites, colonialism also enriched the emerging middle class in Britain. Oxfam estimates that after the richest 10 percent, who received 52 percent of the income extracted from India, the new middle class claimed an additional 32 percent. This distribution of wealth underscores how deeply colonial exploitation was embedded in British society.

The economic impact of colonialism on India was devastating. In 1750, the Indian subcontinent accounted for around 25 percent of global industrial output. However, by 1900, this figure had plummeted to just 2 percent. Oxfam attributes this sharp decline to Britain’s protectionist trade policies, which systematically stifled India’s industrial growth. “This dramatic reduction can be attributed to Britain’s implementation of stringent protectionist policies against Asian textiles, which systematically undermined India’s industrial growth potential,” the report explains.

Ironically, it took a global conflict to temporarily ease this industrial suppression. During World War I (1914–1918), disruptions in colonial trade inadvertently spurred industrial growth in several colonies. Oxfam notes that regions experiencing significant declines in British imports during the war saw notable increases in industrial employment. “Regions with significant decreases in British imports during the war demonstrated enhanced industrial employment growth—a pattern that is still visible today,” the report observes.

The report further highlights that colonial expansion was often driven by private interests rather than purely state-led initiatives. Private companies like the East India Company played a central role in establishing and maintaining colonial dominance, exploiting both people and resources for profit. This legacy continues to influence modern corporate practices, where multinational corporations often prioritize profits over social responsibility, particularly in developing countries.

Oxfam’s report also connects historical colonial practices to present-day economic inequalities. The organization argues that the structures of global capitalism are deeply rooted in colonial systems of wealth extraction and exploitation. Modern economic policies, trade agreements, and corporate practices often mirror the same dynamics of control and dependency established during colonial times.

“Global supply chains and export processing industries represent modern colonial systems of south-north wealth extraction,” Oxfam states, drawing a direct line between historical colonialism and contemporary economic structures. The organization emphasizes that without addressing these systemic issues, global inequality will continue to deepen.

The report calls for urgent reforms to address these historical injustices and create a more equitable global economic system. Oxfam advocates for policies that promote fair wages, protect workers’ rights, and reduce the concentration of wealth among the global elite. The organization also emphasizes the importance of acknowledging and addressing the historical roots of modern economic disparities.

In conclusion, Oxfam’s “Takers, Not Makers” report paints a stark picture of the enduring impact of colonialism on global inequality. The staggering amounts of wealth extracted from India during British colonial rule—$64.82 trillion in total, with $33.8 trillion benefiting the richest 10 percent—highlight the scale of historical exploitation. The report underscores that the legacies of colonialism are not confined to the past but continue to shape the present, influencing everything from corporate practices to global economic policies.

“This has created a deeply unequal world, a world torn apart by division based on racism, a world that continues to systematically extract wealth from the Global South to primarily benefit the richest people in the Global North,” Oxfam concludes, calling for a global reckoning with the past to build a more just and equitable future.

US Tightens H-1B Visa Rules, Leading to 38% Drop in Registrations

The US administration has overhauled the H-1B visa selection process, introducing stricter regulations aimed at enhancing fairness, transparency, and efficiency in hiring foreign talent. According to a report by the Times of India, these changes have resulted in a notable 38% decline in H-1B registrations compared to the previous year.

Previously, the system allowed multiple employers to submit registrations for the same candidate, significantly increasing an applicant’s chances of selection. Under the new rules, however, only one registration is permitted per beneficiary, regardless of how many employers support the application. The US Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) explained that these adjustments are intended to prevent manipulative practices and establish a more level playing field for all applicants.

In the current fiscal year, USCIS received 479,953 registrations, a sharp decrease from the 758,994 recorded in 2024. Out of these, 470,342 registrations were considered eligible. The number of unique beneficiaries saw a slight decline, falling from 446,000 in 2024 to approximately 442,000 in 2025. Additionally, the average number of registrations per beneficiary dropped from 1.70 to 1.06, illustrating the significant impact of the new regulations on the application process.

The H-1B Visa and Its Strong Link to India

India remains a dominant force in the H-1B visa landscape. In 2023, Indian applicants accounted for 72.3% of the 386,000 H-1B visas issued. For countless Indian tech professionals, the H-1B visa represents a critical pathway to employment opportunities in the United States. The visa is initially granted for three years but can be extended up to six years, making it a vital option for skilled workers seeking long-term career prospects in the US.

While the registration process requires applicants to pay a $10 fee to USCIS, the challenges don’t end there. Securing consular appointments for submitting required documents has become increasingly competitive. Although all H-1B Dropbox submissions are processed through the US Consulate in Chennai, applicants have the option to submit their documents at various visa centers across India.

The revised rules also aim to simplify the renewal process for thousands of current H-1B visa holders. This change is expected to alleviate some of the appointment backlogs at US consulates, potentially reducing wait times for applicants. Despite these potential benefits, the sharp decline in registrations raises concerns about the long-term effects of the new system on both applicants and employers.

By restricting multiple registrations for the same individual, the US administration hopes to foster a more equitable selection process. However, the broader implications of these changes are still unfolding, leaving many to wonder how they will impact the future of the H-1B program and the global workforce it supports.

Union Budget 2025 Introduces Stricter Tax Regime for NRIs, Students, and Professionals Abroad

The Union Budget 2025 focuses on boosting domestic growth and ensuring fiscal consolidation while introducing stricter tax policies for Non-Resident Indians (NRIs), including students and young professionals living abroad. As part of the government’s efforts to enhance regulatory oversight and curb tax evasion, individuals earning overseas income will now face increased scrutiny and expanded reporting obligations. These measures align India’s tax policies with international standards but also create additional financial and compliance challenges for those managing financial obligations in both their host country and India.

For Indian students planning to settle abroad post-graduation—whether through work permits, permanent residency, or eventual citizenship—these changes bring new compliance requirements. Historically, India’s tax framework had a more lenient approach towards students and early-career professionals living overseas, but Budget 2025 has shifted this balance, demanding stricter adherence to tax regulations. While the emphasis on fiscal transparency is in line with global trends, the new requirements could impose a significant compliance burden on young professionals handling financial commitments in multiple countries.

Tighter Tax Regulations for NRIs: Key Changes

The budget introduces enhanced oversight on foreign income earned by NRIs through modifications in tax treaties and compliance rules. Some of the significant changes include:

Increased scrutiny of foreign-earned income

The Indian government is strengthening its data-sharing agreements with multiple jurisdictions, particularly with nations that are part of India’s Double Tax Avoidance Agreements (DTAA). This move means that Indian students who take up employment abroad may now be required to declare their foreign earnings in India, even if they have no active income sources within the country.

Expanded residency definition for taxation

Previously, NRIs were taxed only on their India-sourced income, provided they did not exceed 182 days in India during a financial year. However, in Budget 2020, this threshold was reduced to 120 days for high-income individuals. Budget 2025 suggests further tightening of these norms, making it increasingly difficult for students and professionals to retain their NRI status if they maintain significant financial ties to India.

Possible changes to tax treaty benefits

India has DTAA agreements with several countries, including the US, UK, Canada, and Australia. However, the government has expressed its intent to renegotiate these treaties to close existing loopholes that have been used for tax avoidance. This could result in higher withholding tax rates on foreign remittances or more stringent documentation requirements for individuals seeking tax relief under the DTAA framework.

Implications for Students and Professionals Living Abroad

For Indian students and professionals residing in countries like the US, UK, Canada, or Australia on post-study work visas, these regulatory shifts could mean increased tax obligations and potential double taxation risks if they do not manage their finances carefully. Some key consequences include:

More extensive reporting requirements

Indian tax authorities are likely to demand detailed disclosures of overseas earnings, foreign investments, and international bank accounts. Any failure to correctly report these details could lead to penalties or legal action under India’s anti-tax evasion laws.

Complications in financial transfers

Students or professionals who regularly send money to India to support family, invest, or save might now face closer scrutiny. Transactions under the Liberalized Remittance Scheme (LRS) could attract additional compliance checks, particularly for individuals making substantial transfers to Indian accounts.

Higher tax liabilities for NRIs returning to India

Many students and professionals choose to return to India after gaining international work experience. However, if their foreign assets—such as savings, stocks, or property—are not properly declared, they may face taxation upon repatriation. Additionally, the Foreign Asset Disclosure Rule under the Black Money Act could apply, imposing severe penalties for non-disclosure.

Should Students Be Concerned?

While these changes may not have an immediate impact on students, they will become increasingly significant for those transitioning into long-term residency or citizenship in foreign countries while maintaining financial connections to India. Indian students seeking permanent residency in nations like Canada and Australia or those applying for H-1B sponsorships in the US must now be more strategic in structuring their tax status to remain compliant.

For individuals planning to return to India later in their careers, proactive tax planning will be crucial. This includes properly declaring foreign assets, ensuring accurate documentation of overseas earnings, and maintaining compliance with India’s evolving tax regulations to avoid disputes in the future.

The Bigger Picture: A More Complex Financial Landscape for NRIs

India’s increased scrutiny of offshore income is part of a global movement towards greater tax transparency, aligning with international initiatives like the OECD’s Common Reporting Standard (CRS). While these measures aim to curb tax evasion, they also introduce multiple layers of compliance for NRIs—including students and young professionals—who now face a stricter regulatory environment when managing their finances abroad.

Elon Musk Admits Tesla’s Full Self-Driving Won’t Work on Current Hardware

After over a decade of repeatedly assuring customers that Tesla was on the brink of achieving full self-driving (FSD) and selling vehicles with costly computing hardware under the promise that they would appreciate in value once the feature became functional, CEO Elon Musk has now conceded that it is not possible with the existing hardware.

During Tesla’s most recent quarterly earnings call, Musk made the “absolutely painful and difficult” acknowledgment to investors.

“The truth is that we’re gonna have to upgrade people’s Hardware 3 [computers] for those who have bought Full Self Driving,” Musk admitted. “And that is the honest answer.”

Reflecting on the situation, he remarked, “I’m kind of glad that not that many people bought the FSD package”—a statement that stands in stark contrast to the years he spent urging customers to purchase it.

As noted by The Verge, Musk’s statement came as he interrupted Tesla’s Autopilot and AI chief, Ashok Elluswamy, effectively contradicting his own executive while Elluswamy attempted to reassure investors that Tesla had not abandoned HW3.

Elluswamy, however, managed the situation with composure, hinting that Tesla would be releasing a “baby” version of FSD while engineers continue to develop the latest self-driving feature for vehicles equipped with the newer Hardware 4 computers.

Previous Warnings

Musk’s admission follows earlier remarks made during a quarterly earnings call last year, where he appeared to acknowledge that HW3 might not be sufficient.

“There is some chance,” Musk said during Tesla’s Q3 2024 earnings call last October, “that HW3 does not achieve the safety level that allows for unsupervised FSD.”

“H4 has several times the capability of HW3,” he further explained. “It’s easier to get things to work on HW4 and it takes a lot of effort to squeeze that into HW3.”

Tesla first began offering “free” HW3 upgrades in 2018 to customers who had purchased the FSD software for their vehicles. During the most recent earnings call, as reported by Teslerati, Musk reaffirmed a similar commitment to upgrading FSD buyers to HW4. However, he did not provide a timeline for when these upgrades might take place.

Despite this assurance, Musk’s latest comments—following more than a decade of delaying tangible progress—have left many questioning the long-standing promises made about Tesla’s self-driving technology.

Bishop of Liverpool Announces Retirement Amid Misconduct Allegations

The Bishop of Liverpool, the Right Reverend Dr John Perumbalath, has announced his retirement shortly after facing allegations of misconduct from two women, one of whom is a fellow bishop. The accusations, which span incidents from 2019 to 2023, have cast a shadow over his tenure, though he continues to deny any wrongdoing.

One of the allegations comes from a woman who claimed that Bishop Perumbalath kissed her without her consent and groped her on separate occasions. The second accusation, made in 2023, comes from another senior figure within the Church of England—Rt Revd Beverley Mason, the Bishop of Warrington—who has publicly identified herself as the second complainant.

In her statement, Bishop Mason stressed the importance of accountability within the Church, saying, “A bishop cannot be above the law. A bishop cannot be dealt differently from a priest. If anything, a bishop must be held to greater scrutiny. This is a biblical imperative.”

Despite the seriousness of the allegations, Bishop Perumbalath, 58, has firmly denied all claims. In his retirement letter, which was shared online by the Diocese of Liverpool on Thursday, he reiterated his stance: “Since those allegations were made, I have consistently maintained that I have not done anything wrong and continue to do so.”

The bishop’s letter also confirmed that he had sought permission from King Charles III before making his decision to retire from active ministry. “Having sought the permission of His Majesty the King, I have today taken the decision to retire from active ministry in the Church of England,” he wrote.

Addressing the impact of the allegations on his role, Perumbalath stated, “I do not wish this story to become a distraction for this incredible diocese and its people whom it has been an honour and joy to serve.” He emphasized that his departure was not an admission of guilt, adding, “This is not a resignation occasioned by fault or by any admission of liability.”

While the exact date of his formal retirement has yet to be determined, Bishop Perumbalath has stepped back from all ministerial duties and leadership responsibilities within the Diocese of Liverpool as of Thursday.

Explaining his decision, he wrote, “I have taken this decision for my own well-being, my family, and the best interests of the Diocese. I have informed the Archbishop of York of my decision, and I understand he will put in place the necessary arrangements for episcopal oversight of the diocese for the remainder of my time here and during the vacancy.”

Archbishop of York Stephen Cottrell, who himself has faced criticism over separate safeguarding issues, acknowledged the bishop’s retirement. “I respect his decision and thank him for his ministry,” Cottrell said. “My thoughts and prayers continue to be with all those who have been affected by this situation. I am committed to ensuring stability during this time of transition and will be putting the necessary arrangements in place to provide episcopal oversight for the diocese.”

The Diocese of Liverpool, which had urged the bishop to step aside just a day before his announcement, expressed support for his decision in an official statement. “We acknowledge his decision in taking this step for the good of the Diocese of Liverpool. This is a deeply painful situation, and we hold all concerned in our prayers.”

An acting bishop is expected to be appointed in the coming days to oversee the diocese during this transitional period.

The allegations against Bishop Perumbalath were first brought to the attention of the Church of England in 2023 and were reported publicly by Channel 4 earlier this week. The Church confirmed that the complaint made by the female bishop—now known to be Bishop Mason—was “looked into according to statutory safeguarding guidance… and an independent risk assessment undertaken.”

The Church’s review concluded that there were no ongoing safeguarding concerns regarding the complaint, though it did identify a “learning outcome” with which Bishop Perumbalath reportedly “fully engaged.”

Shortly after the initial investigation, another woman came forward with additional allegations. According to the Church, this disclosure was “assessed not to be a safeguarding matter but a matter of alleged misconduct.”

Bishop Mason later confirmed that she was the second complainant. In her statement, she detailed her involvement, saying she was first informed of the complaint against Bishop Perumbalath in March 2023. “I raised what I believe were significant concerns, which included my own disclosure,” she said.

Expressing frustration with the Church’s handling of the situation, she added, “We as a church have not properly and satisfactorily addressed concerns that have been raised.” Mason voiced hope that her public disclosure would prompt a more transparent approach moving forward. “There will be no more defensiveness but an honest scrutiny of what we are doing, how we are doing it, where the gaps sit, and how we address them,” she said.

The situation has placed the Church of England under intense scrutiny, raising questions about how allegations of misconduct, especially involving senior clergy, are managed. The calls for greater accountability and transparency within the Church have grown louder in recent years, particularly regarding safeguarding issues and the treatment of survivors of abuse.

As the Diocese of Liverpool braces for leadership changes, the focus remains on ensuring that the allegations are thoroughly addressed and that the Church demonstrates a commitment to justice and pastoral care. The upcoming appointment of an acting bishop is seen as a critical step in maintaining stability during this turbulent period.

Meanwhile, the broader Church of England continues to face challenges related to safeguarding reforms, clergy misconduct, and internal governance. The case of Bishop Perumbalath has highlighted ongoing tensions within the Church over how to balance pastoral responsibilities with the need for institutional accountability.

As investigations and internal reviews continue, many within the Church hope that this case will serve as a catalyst for meaningful change. For now, the Diocese of Liverpool must navigate this complex transition while striving to support all individuals affected by the recent revelations.

Mukesh Ambani Expands Global Cricket Portfolio with Stake in Oval Invincibles

Reliance Industries Limited (RIL), owned by Mukesh Ambani, has strengthened its presence in global cricket by acquiring a 49% stake in the Oval Invincibles, a franchise competing in The Hundred tournament organized by the England and Wales Cricket Board (ECB). The deal, valued at £60.27 million, places the franchise’s overall worth at £123 million. The acquisition was finalized through a competitive virtual auction.

According to a report by The Economic Times, Ambani’s bid surpassed offers from a high-profile consortium comprising Silicon Valley executives Sundar Pichai and Satya Nadella, as well as private equity giant CVC Capital Partners. With this addition, RIL continues to expand its cricket franchise portfolio, which already includes the Mumbai Indians in the Indian Premier League (IPL) and Women’s Premier League (WPL), MI New York in Major League Cricket (MLC), MI Cape Town in SA20, and MI Emirates in the International League T20 (ILT20).

Bidding Process for The Hundred Franchises

The ECB’s decision to sell 49% stakes in all eight teams of The Hundred has generated substantial global interest. The bidding process is being carried out in phases, beginning with the submission of binding offers on January 30. The multi-stage process includes initial expressions of interest, non-binding bids, and final binding offers. The first two teams made available for auction were the Oval Invincibles and Birmingham Phoenix.

If a team received more than two bids, a live auction determined the final price. However, in cases where only two offers were made, the highest bid automatically secured the stake. The sale process, which commenced in September 2024, is anticipated to conclude by the end of the following week.

Rising Interest in The Hundred

Introduced in 2021, The Hundred is a fast-paced 100-ball cricket format designed to engage new audiences. The tournament features eight city-based franchises and has been viewed as an attractive investment due to cricket’s extensive fan base in the UK. The ECB projects a significant revenue increase for the tournament, with central earnings expected to grow from £47 million in 2024 to £156 million by 2032, largely driven by broadcasting rights and sponsorship agreements.

High Demand for Top Franchises

Among the most sought-after teams in the competition are London Spirit, Oval Invincibles, and Manchester Originals. Additionally, reports indicate that Sun TV Network is interested in acquiring Northern Superchargers, while the GMR Group is targeting Southern Brave. The GMR Group has recently expanded its investments in cricket by purchasing Hampshire Sport & Leisure Holdings Ltd, which owns Hampshire Cricket and the Utilita Bowl stadium.

Gaurav Gupta’s Spring 2025 Couture: A Poignant Tale of Survival, Resilience, and Love

Gaurav Gupta’s Spring 2025 Couture collection, Across the Flame, unveiled at Paris Fashion Week, is not just an exhibition of high fashion but a deeply personal narrative woven into every thread. This collection transcends traditional couture, reflecting a journey of survival, resilience, and enduring love. At its heart is Navkirat Sodhi, Gupta’s life partner and muse, whose miraculous recovery from a life-threatening accident became the emotional cornerstone of this transformative collection.

Born from the Ashes

About eight months ago, an ordinary evening turned catastrophic for Gaurav and Navkirat. A candle’s flame spiraled uncontrollably, engulfing Navkirat in fire. Gaurav, without hesitation, tried to put out the flames with his bare hands, sustaining burns himself. However, Navkirat faced the gravest injuries, with burns covering 55 percent of her body.

Her battle for survival began in the ICU, where she spent two and a half harrowing months. Doctors gave her only a 50 percent chance of survival, but Navkirat’s strength and determination defied the odds.

“She is a fighter and a survivor… she is a goddess,” Gaurav shared in an emotional video on his official page, capturing the depth of his admiration and the profound impact of their shared ordeal.

As Navkirat embarked on her long and painful recovery, the experience profoundly transformed both their lives. For Gaurav, this wasn’t just a period of personal grief and hope—it sparked a creative awakening. This journey of survival, love, and healing evolved into Across the Flame, a collection that channels raw emotion into art.

Rising Like a Phoenix

For Gaurav Gupta, Across the Flame is far more than just a couture collection. It is an intimate story of “resilience, transformation, and the infinite light within all of us.” Drawing inspiration from astral projection—a mystical, out-of-body experience that both Gaurav and Navkirat explored during her recovery—the collection resonates with a sense of transcendence and spiritual rebirth.

Navkirat was not just the muse behind this collection; she became its living embodiment. In a breathtaking, defiant moment, she opened the show at Paris Fashion Week. Walking the runway in a cream-hued draped corset gown, her scars visible and her presence commanding, she redefined beauty and strength. Her powerful walk, infused with her signature poetic grace, turned the runway into a space of reclamation—a moment of defiance and triumph. This wasn’t just a fashion statement; it was a profound declaration of survival.

The Collection: A Canvas of Emotions

Each ensemble in Across the Flame is infused with layers of meaning, transforming the runway into a moving narrative of survival and rebirth. Far from being just garments, these pieces serve as emotional expressions of the journey Gaurav and Navkirat endured.

The intricate detailing speaks volumes—20,000 Preciosa crystals shimmered like embers, ghungroo embellishments added texture and rhythm, while raffia, micro pearls, and celestial-inspired makeup reflected their otherworldly journey.

This season’s palette introduced new shades—ochre, twilight purple, and space blue—symbolizing transformation and growth. These hues blended seamlessly with Gupta’s signature tones of black, ivory, and metallics, enhancing the narrative of light emerging from darkness.

Fire, the very force that tested their strength, is a recurring motif throughout the collection. Its presence is felt not just in the symbolism but also in the forms, drapery, and textures. One standout piece, the Twin Flame ensemble in ochre, captures both the destructive power of fire and the resilience it forged. It’s a visual testament to the idea that from devastation can arise immense strength.

The collection’s color story is equally evocative. Shades of black, deep purple, and dark blue mirror the physical and emotional bruises left behind by the fire, while white represents healing, purity, and transcendence. Midnight blue metal breastplates, designed to resemble armor, symbolize strength amidst vulnerability. Traditional Banarasi brocades, intricately woven with sacred chants, transform into wearable mantras of survival—a fusion of heritage and healing.

In a bold departure from tradition, Gaurav introduced denim into his couture repertoire for the first time. The Bucket Corset and Distressed Bucket Jacket, raw and rebellious, symbolize endurance and reinvention. Their rugged textures and distressed aesthetics mirror the scars that tell stories of battles fought and won.

Fashion with a Deeper Purpose

Across the Flame challenges the conventional boundaries of fashion, serving as a poignant reminder that couture can be more than just aesthetics—it can be a vessel for powerful personal narratives. The collection echoes the sentiment once expressed by the late designer Alexander McQueen: “I think there is beauty in everything. What ‘normal’ people perceive as ugly, I can usually see something of beauty in it.”

Navkirat’s walk down the runway encapsulated this philosophy. Her visible scars, far from diminishing her beauty, amplified her strength and courage. She wasn’t just showcasing couture; she was embodying a story of resilience, making an indelible statement on the global stage.

Gaurav’s collection blurs the lines between fashion, art, and therapy. It is a cathartic release—a creative expression of trauma, healing, and love. Each piece speaks to the universal human experiences of pain, perseverance, and transformation. The runway became a space where vulnerability met strength, where personal loss was alchemized into collective inspiration.

A Love Story Etched in Fabric

At its core, Across the Flame is a love story—one that transcends romance to encompass partnership, sacrifice, and the profound connection that can emerge from shared adversity. Gaurav’s devotion to Navkirat is stitched into every garment, his grief and hope translated into textures, colors, and forms.

The collection also highlights the transformative power of art. For Gaurav, creating this line was not just about showcasing his design prowess—it was a way to process trauma and find meaning amid chaos. For Navkirat, it was about reclaiming her narrative, standing tall in her truth, and turning her scars into symbols of survival.

A Moment That Redefined Couture

The unveiling of Across the Flame was more than a fashion show; it was a moment that redefined what couture can represent. In an industry often obsessed with perfection, Gaurav Gupta’s collection dared to celebrate imperfection, to honor scars, and to showcase the raw, unfiltered beauty of survival.

Navkirat’s presence on the runway was not just a testament to her resilience but also a challenge to societal norms about beauty. She reminded the world that true elegance lies not in flawlessness but in authenticity, in the courage to stand tall despite life’s hardships.

Gaurav Gupta’s Across the Flame is not just a collection—it’s a testament to the human spirit, a tribute to love’s healing power, and a reminder that even in our darkest moments, there’s a light within us that never fades.

Climbing Stairs: A Time-Efficient Alternative to 10,000 Daily Steps for Better Health

Physical activity is a crucial pillar for maintaining good health and achieving weight loss goals. While many people rely on walking 10,000 steps daily to stay active and fit, this target can be time-consuming and physically demanding for some. In such cases, stair climbing emerges as a simple yet highly effective exercise for weight loss and overall fitness improvement.

A recent study involving 450,000 adults highlights stair climbing as a practical alternative to walking. The study, published in the medical journal Atherosclerosis, suggests that climbing just five flights of stairs a day—approximately 50 steps—can reduce the risk of cardiovascular issues by 20%. This research underlines the numerous health benefits associated with regularly ascending stairs.

Dr. Lu Qi, the corresponding author of the study, emphasized, “Short bursts of high-intensity stair climbing are a time-efficient way to improve cardiorespiratory fitness and lipid profile, especially among those unable to achieve the current physical activity recommendations. These results demonstrate the possible benefits of taking stairs every day.” Dr. Qi holds the position of HCA Regents Distinguished Chair and serves as a professor at Tulane University School of Public Health and Tropical Medicine.

Why Consider Stair Climbing?

Stair climbing is an accessible form of exercise that requires no special equipment—just a set of stairs. This simplicity makes it suitable for nearly everyone. Incorporating stair climbing into daily routines can significantly boost activity levels and promote a healthier lifestyle. For individuals who do not engage in regular training, climbing stairs provides an excellent workout. It is more intense and physically demanding than walking, offering substantial benefits for those with a sedentary lifestyle by improving cardiovascular health and overall fitness.

Key Benefits of Stair Climbing

This exercise targets multiple muscle groups, including the calves, thighs, and glutes. As a cardiovascular activity, stair climbing increases heart rate, promoting calorie burn and enhancing endurance. The workout engages muscles through two types of contractions: concentric contractions, where muscles contract and shorten while ascending, and eccentric contractions, which involve controlled muscle lengthening while descending. These differing muscle activities place unique physiological demands on the body.

Beyond cardiovascular benefits, stair climbing also strengthens the leg and core muscles, contributing to increased muscle mass. This, in turn, boosts resting metabolism, aiding in more efficient calorie burning even when the body is at rest.

How Many Stairs Should You Climb Daily?

Experts recommend aiming to climb between three and six flights of stairs each day, with each flight typically consisting of 10 to 15 steps. Previous studies have indicated that climbing more than five flights of stairs daily—equivalent to around 50 steps—can lower the risk of heart attacks, strokes, and even blood clots. This simple activity can, therefore, have a profound impact on cardiovascular health.

Tips for Incorporating Stair Climbing into Your Routine

What if you don’t have stairs at home? There are plenty of ways to integrate stair climbing into your daily life. For example, if you work in a multi-story office building, choose the stairs instead of the elevator. Public staircases in places like hotels, shopping malls, airports, medical facilities, and hospitals are also readily available and can be used to add more steps to your day.

To maximize the cardiovascular benefits of stair climbing, fitness experts suggest increasing your pace. Faster stair climbing can significantly improve cardiorespiratory fitness. Additionally, if you have access to a gym, using a stair climber machine can replicate the benefits of actual stairs. For those who prefer home workouts, a sturdy fitness step can be used for step-up exercises, offering a similar effect.

Why Stair Climbing Is an Effective Workout

Stair climbing is not just a simple activity—it’s an efficient full-body workout. It combines strength training and cardio in one, which makes it particularly effective for those with busy schedules. The act of climbing engages the lower body muscles while simultaneously elevating the heart rate, creating a powerful calorie-burning effect. This dual-action helps improve both muscular strength and cardiovascular endurance.

Moreover, because stair climbing is a weight-bearing exercise, it contributes to bone health by increasing bone density, reducing the risk of osteoporosis over time. It also improves balance and coordination, which can be especially beneficial as people age.

The Science Behind Stair Climbing’s Health Benefits

The study published in Atherosclerosis sheds light on the biological mechanisms behind stair climbing’s positive impact on health. Regular stair climbing improves lipid profiles by lowering LDL (bad cholesterol) and increasing HDL (good cholesterol), which contributes to better heart health. The activity also enhances insulin sensitivity, reducing the risk of type 2 diabetes.

Dr. Lu Qi noted, “These results demonstrate the possible benefits of taking stairs every day.” His findings highlight that even short, intense bursts of activity can offer substantial health advantages, countering the common belief that long-duration exercise sessions are the only way to stay fit.

Stair Climbing vs. Traditional Walking

While walking 10,000 steps a day has been the gold standard for maintaining physical activity, it may not be feasible for everyone due to time constraints or physical limitations. In contrast, stair climbing offers a more time-efficient alternative. The higher intensity of stair climbing means that you can achieve similar—or even greater—health benefits in a shorter period.

For instance, climbing stairs burns more calories per minute compared to walking on a flat surface. This efficiency makes it an attractive option for those looking to manage their weight or improve fitness without dedicating long hours to exercise.

Practical Ways to Add Stair Climbing to Your Day

  1. At Work: Skip the elevator and take the stairs whenever possible.
  2. At Home: If you live in a multi-story house, make a habit of using the stairs frequently.
  3. In Public Spaces: Use stairs in shopping malls, airports, or parking garages.
  4. Workout Routine: Incorporate stair sprints or step-up exercises during your regular workout.
  5. Stair Machines: If you go to the gym, add a stair climber machine to your routine.

Staying Safe While Climbing Stairs

Although stair climbing is beneficial, it’s important to prioritize safety. Make sure to wear supportive footwear to prevent slips. Start slowly if you’re new to the exercise and gradually increase intensity as your fitness improves. Always use handrails if needed, especially when descending, as the eccentric contractions during this phase can put extra strain on the muscles.

The Bottom Line

Stair climbing is a convenient, cost-free, and highly effective exercise that can fit easily into daily routines. Its benefits extend beyond weight loss, offering improvements in heart health, muscle strength, metabolism, and overall endurance. As Dr. Lu Qi’s research suggests, even small changes—like climbing a few flights of stairs each day—can lead to significant health improvements over time.

Trump’s Cabinet Picks Face Intense Scrutiny in Heated Confirmation Hearings

President Donald Trump’s cabinet nominees endured rigorous questioning from both Republican and Democratic senators during marathon confirmation hearings on Thursday. Two nominees in particular, Tulsi Gabbard for director of national intelligence and Kash Patel for FBI director, faced sharp interrogations about their controversial past remarks and associations.

Tulsi Gabbard Questioned on Putin Ties and Snowden Support

Tulsi Gabbard, a former Democratic congresswoman from Hawaii and military veteran, now Trump’s choice for director of national intelligence, encountered tough questions regarding her prior statements about Russia, her meeting with Syria’s former dictator Bashar al-Assad, and her past defense of whistleblower Edward Snowden.

Gabbard, who left the Democratic Party after her unsuccessful 2020 presidential bid and endorsed Trump in 2024, was grilled over comments that seemed sympathetic to Russian President Vladimir Putin’s stance on NATO. Democratic Senator Michael Bennet of Colorado highlighted Gabbard’s past remarks, quoting her statement that Putin had “legitimate security concerns” about NATO’s expansion into Eastern Europe. Bennet accused her of rationalizing Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, pointing out that Russian state television even referred to her as “our friend Tulsi.”

Defending herself, Gabbard cited her military background as a lieutenant colonel in the National Guard, with deployments to the Middle East. However, critics emphasized her lack of formal intelligence experience, raising concerns about her suitability for the role.

When pressed about her past support for Edward Snowden, Gabbard remained evasive. Both Republican and Democratic senators questioned her stance on the former National Security Agency contractor who leaked classified documents exposing U.S. surveillance programs. Although Snowden’s leaks sparked widespread debate about government overreach, many argued his actions endangered national security.

Lawmakers repeatedly asked Gabbard if she considered Snowden a traitor, given that she had previously described him as “brave” and advocated for his pardon. Gabbard resisted providing a clear answer, creating an uncomfortable moment, particularly among Republican senators. “Snowden broke the law,” she acknowledged. “He released information about the United States… I have more immediate steps that I would take to prevent another Snowden.”

Controversy Over Gabbard’s Meeting with Assad

Another contentious topic was Gabbard’s 2017 trip to Syria, where she met with then-President Bashar al-Assad. The visit occurred despite the U.S. government’s strong opposition to Assad due to his regime’s brutal attacks on civilians, including chemical weapon use. Her meeting sparked bipartisan criticism at the time, raising questions about her judgment.

During the hearing, Gabbard defended the trip, stating she had posed “tough questions about his own regime’s actions.” She attempted to preempt criticism in her opening remarks, saying, “I have no love for Assad or Gaddafi or any dictator.” Addressing her stance on Assad’s eventual fall, she remarked, “I shed no tears for the fall of the Assad regime,” referencing the Syrian civil war’s shifting dynamics. However, she added, “But today we have an Islamist extremist who is now in charge of Syria,” suggesting that Assad’s ousting led to the rise of even more dangerous forces.

Kash Patel Faces Tough Questions About Capitol Riot Ties

Following Gabbard’s hearing, Kash Patel, nominated to lead the FBI, faced a grueling five-hour session dominated by questions about his ties to the January 6 Capitol riots and his previous controversial statements. Patel, a former federal prosecutor and Trump administration aide, was scrutinized for his support of individuals involved in the Capitol insurrection.

Senators focused on Patel’s role in promoting a charity song recorded by some January 6 rioters while in prison, including individuals convicted of violence against law enforcement. Democratic lawmakers repeatedly pressed him on his connections to these rioters and his broader views on the events of that day.

One senator asked pointedly, “Was President Donald Trump wrong to give blanket clemency to individuals involved in the January 6 attack?” The question referenced Trump’s public support and legal advocacy for some rioters. Patel dodged giving a direct answer, emphasizing his commitment to upholding the rule of law. “My focus will be on ensuring the FBI remains an independent agency, free from political influence,” he said, though his past affiliations left some senators unconvinced.

Patel’s Ties to the QAnon Movement Under Scrutiny

In addition to questions about the Capitol riots, Patel faced intense scrutiny over his alleged connections to the QAnon conspiracy movement. His previous social media activity, where he appeared to endorse QAnon-related content, raised alarms among senators concerned about the FBI’s leadership under someone with such associations.

Patel denied any formal ties to QAnon but struggled to explain his past comments praising figures linked to the movement. “I have never been part of any conspiracy group,” Patel asserted. “My priority is the safety and security of the American people.” Despite his denials, senators expressed doubts about his impartiality, given his public support for individuals who propagated election-related conspiracy theories.

A Polarizing Set of Hearings

The confirmation hearings highlighted the deep political divisions in Washington, with nominees like Gabbard and Patel embodying Trump’s unconventional approach to governance. Both faced bipartisan criticism, illustrating that their controversies transcended party lines.

Gabbard’s complex foreign policy views and past praise for figures like Snowden, coupled with her meeting with Assad, made her a target for Democrats and skeptical Republicans alike. Meanwhile, Patel’s alignment with Trump loyalists and his connections to the January 6 events fueled concerns about his ability to lead an agency tasked with protecting American democracy.

Throughout the hearings, the nominees attempted to deflect criticism and emphasize their qualifications. Gabbard leaned on her military service, while Patel pointed to his prosecutorial background. Yet their evasive responses on key issues left many senators frustrated.

Final Takeaways

The hearings reflected not only the contentious nature of Trump’s cabinet selections but also the broader ideological battles shaping U.S. politics. As the Senate prepares to vote on their confirmations, both Gabbard and Patel face uncertain paths forward, with bipartisan skepticism threatening to derail their nominations.

Ultimately, these hearings served as a reminder that even in a polarized environment, certain issues—like national security and the integrity of democratic institutions—can unite lawmakers across the aisle in demanding accountability from those seeking high office.

Trump Announces Tariff Campaign Targeting Multiple Countries to Revive U.S. Manufacturing

Former President Donald Trump has declared that his tariffs campaign will officially commence on February 1, targeting several countries as part of his broader effort to boost American manufacturing and fulfill key policy objectives.

Speaking from the Oval Office on Thursday, Trump outlined his initial plans, which include imposing a 25% tariff on imports from Canada and Mexico to reinforce U.S. border security. Additionally, he announced a 10% tariff on Chinese goods, aimed at curbing the flow of drug imports into the country.

Trump emphasized the dual purpose of these tariffs—strengthening the domestic economy while addressing issues like border security and drug trafficking. “Trump has been clear about his desire to end the fentanyl crisis, and it’s time for Mexico and Canada to join the fight as well,” a White House official told Business Insider (BI). Trump also argued that the tariff on China would help combat the fentanyl crisis.

Economic Impact and Reactions

Economists widely predict that companies affected by these tariffs will likely pass the increased costs onto consumers. Industries such as electronics, groceries, and apparel are expected to experience noticeable price hikes if the tariffs are implemented. Several companies have already indicated they are preparing to raise prices in response to the anticipated cost increases.

Despite concerns from economists, the White House insists the tariffs will help deliver on Trump’s campaign promises. According to the administration, these measures are necessary to protect American industries and address pressing issues like the opioid epidemic.

Countries in Trump’s Crosshairs

Trump’s tariffs campaign is not limited to Canada, Mexico, and China. His trade proposals have identified several countries that could face similar measures if they do not align with U.S. policy interests.

China: A Central Target

China has been a focal point of Trump’s tariff strategy since his 2016 presidential campaign. Back then, he proposed a sweeping 60% tariff on all Chinese imports, alongside tariffs ranging from 10% to 20% on goods from other nations.

However, after assuming office, Trump’s approach to China became more specific. On January 21, he announced plans to implement a 10% tariff on Chinese imports starting February 1, citing China’s role in fentanyl exports to Mexico and Canada. “It’s based on the fact that they’re sending fentanyl to Mexico and Canada,” Trump said, though he did not provide details on any specific incidents related to fentanyl exports.

China is a significant supplier of electronics to the U.S., meaning products like smartphones, computers, and gaming devices could become more expensive as a result of the new tariffs.

In response to Trump’s announcement, Mao Ning, a spokesperson for China’s Foreign Ministry, stated on February 22, “We believe that there’s no winner in a trade or tariff war, and we will firmly uphold our national interests.”

Canada and Mexico: Tariffs Tied to Border Policies

Trump also issued a stern warning to Canada and Mexico. On January 20, he threatened to impose a 25% tariff on products from both countries, with the potential implementation date set for February 1. This threat follows a previous post he made on his social media platform, Truth Social, where he declared that he would impose such tariffs on his first day back in office unless Canada and Mexico took steps to strengthen their border policies.

The U.S. relies heavily on imports from both neighboring countries. From Canada, the U.S. imports approximately $92 billion worth of crude oil annually, along with billions of dollars in vehicles and automotive parts. Mexico is another key trading partner, supplying not only car components but also $25 billion worth of computers to the U.S. each year.

Trump’s aggressive stance extends beyond North America. On Truth Social, he wrote, “If we don’t make a ‘deal,’ and soon, I have no other choice but to put high levels of Taxes, Tariffs, and Sanctions on anything being sold by Russia to the United States, and various other participating countries.”

Russia: Limited Trade, Minimal Consumer Impact

In 2023, the U.S. imported around $4.57 billion worth of goods from Russia, accounting for just 0.14% of total U.S. imports that year, according to Census data. Given the relatively small volume of Russian exports to the U.S., any tariffs imposed on Russian goods would likely have minimal impact on American consumers.

Colombia: Tariffs as a Response to Migration Disputes

Trump’s tariff threats have also extended to Colombia following a diplomatic spat over deportation flights. After Colombian President Gustavo Petro’s administration refused to accept two flights carrying deported migrants from the U.S., Trump retaliated with a threat to impose a 25% tariff on Colombian goods. He further warned that the tariff could escalate to 50% within a week if Colombia did not comply with U.S. demands.

“We will not allow the Colombian Government to violate its legal obligations with regard to the acceptance and return of the criminals they forced into the United States!” Trump declared on Truth Social.

In response, President Petro defended his government’s position, stating that Colombia would receive its citizens “on civilian planes, without treating them like criminals.” Following Petro’s remarks, the White House withdrew the tariff threat but cautioned that it could be reinstated if Colombia failed to honor its commitments.

Colombia exports a variety of goods to the U.S., including coffee, flowers, and textiles. A tariff on these products could lead to price increases for American consumers who purchase Colombian imports.

The Broader Implications of Trump’s Tariff Strategy

Trump’s tariffs campaign reflects his broader economic philosophy, which prioritizes American manufacturing and seeks to reduce the U.S.’s reliance on foreign goods. His administration argues that tariffs are an effective tool to achieve these goals, as they can pressure foreign governments to change policies while encouraging domestic production.

However, critics argue that tariffs often backfire, leading to higher prices for consumers and strained relationships with key trading partners. Economists have long debated the effectiveness of tariffs, with many warning that trade wars can hurt both sides. As Mao Ning of China’s Foreign Ministry noted, “There’s no winner in a trade or tariff war.”

Despite these concerns, Trump remains steadfast in his belief that tariffs are essential to protecting American interests. His administration has framed the issue as not just an economic matter, but also one of national security, particularly in relation to border control and the fight against drug trafficking.

What’s Next?

As the February 1 deadline approaches, businesses, consumers, and foreign governments are closely watching to see how Trump’s tariffs will unfold. Some companies are already adjusting their supply chains in anticipation of higher costs, while others are preparing to pass those costs onto consumers.

Meanwhile, foreign leaders are weighing their responses. Some, like China, have signaled their intent to defend their national interests, while others, like Colombia, have shown a willingness to negotiate to avoid economic penalties.

Ultimately, the success of Trump’s tariffs campaign will depend on how effectively it can achieve its intended goals without causing undue harm to American consumers or the broader economy. For now, the only certainty is that February 1 will mark the beginning of a new chapter in U.S. trade policy—one defined by aggressive tariffs and high-stakes diplomacy.

Dubai Airport Sets Record with 92.3 Million Passengers in 2023, Eyeing 100 Million by 2027

Dubai International Airport welcomed a record 92.3 million passengers in 2023, marking a new milestone that highlights the city’s post-pandemic resurgence and economic growth, according to its operator, Dubai Airports. This figure surpassed the previous record of 89.1 million passengers set in 2018, despite challenges such as regional tensions from the Gaza conflict and severe flooding in April that caused major flight disruptions.

The city of Dubai, strategically located at the crossroads of Asia, Europe, and Africa, has now maintained its position as the world’s busiest international air hub for ten consecutive years. Paul Griffiths, CEO of Dubai Airports, attributed this remarkable growth to Dubai’s rapid recovery following the COVID-19 pandemic. The city quickly reopened its borders, and its flagship carrier, Emirates, swiftly reactivated its fleet to meet the surge in demand.

“We were like a coiled spring ready to respond as soon as the market recovered,” Griffiths said in an interview with AFP. “So we’ve been able to get back to capacity, we’ve been able to encourage new airlines, and we’ve seen double-digit growth from most sectors during the course of last year as a result of that.”

Dubai’s economic rebound has been driven by more than just aviation. The city, known for its vibrant trade, tourism, and business sectors, has experienced record-high real estate prices and rapid population growth. This boom has been fueled by the United Arab Emirates’ (UAE) strategic efforts to diversify its economy beyond oil dependence.

According to an economic impact report published in October by Emirates and Dubai Airports, both state-owned entities, aviation accounted for 27 percent of Dubai’s GDP in 2023. “It’s a symbiotic relationship between the health of the aviation sector and the health of the city’s economy,” Griffiths noted, highlighting how the growth of air travel directly supports Dubai’s broader economic prosperity.

In 2023, Dubai International Airport not only recovered from the pandemic but exceeded its pre-COVID passenger numbers from 2019. The airport saw an exceptional performance in the first half of 2024, followed by a strong finish in December, which recorded 8.2 million travelers, making it the busiest month of the year.

Competition and Growth: Dubai’s Strategic Advantage

Griffiths pointed out that Dubai’s success also stems from the slower recovery of competitor airlines and their home airports. Many airlines worldwide have struggled to regain full capacity due to delays in new aircraft deliveries and the retirement of older fleets during the pandemic.

“If you take a lot of aircraft out of your fleet and you retire whole fleets, the ability to respond surely is by the acquisition of new aircraft, and we know that the supply challenges from Boeing and Airbus have been very significant,” Griffiths explained. “If you were to go out and order a new aircraft now, the lead time is probably the longest it’s ever been.”

He further elaborated that the difficulties in reviving retired aircraft and reactivating grounded pilots have created a supply shortage in the aviation industry. “Those are all conspiring to create a shortage of supply, which means that airlines and airports that do have the capacity are soaking up excess demand,” Griffiths added.

Dubai’s proactive approach has allowed it to capitalize on this situation. The city’s aviation sector has expanded rapidly, welcoming new airlines and increasing flight frequencies, giving Dubai a significant competitive edge in the global travel market.

Ambitious Expansion Plans: The Future of Dubai Aviation

Looking ahead, Dubai has even more ambitious goals. Sheikh Mohammed bin Rashid Al Maktoum, the ruler of Dubai and the UAE’s Prime Minister, announced that Dubai International Airport aims to expand its network to 400 international destinations, up from the current 272.

In response to growing competition, particularly from Saudi Arabia’s new airport project in Riyadh, Dubai is planning a $35 billion expansion. This includes relocating operations to the new Al Maktoum International Airport, situated on the outskirts of the city. Griffiths described this project as transformative:

“That will be a game-changer for the city and for the world because it will give us the capacity we need to be able to push on with our increases in the flights and the fleet enlargements of both flydubai and Emirates,” he said.

Griffiths expressed confidence that Dubai will surpass 100 million passengers by 2027, well before the anticipated move to Al Maktoum International in 2032. The new airport will be developed in phases and is expected to have an eventual capacity of around 240 million passengers, making it the world’s largest airport by a significant margin.

Dubai’s Economic Transformation: Beyond Aviation

While aviation remains at the heart of Dubai’s economy, the city’s growth story extends beyond its airports. Dubai has positioned itself as a global business hub, attracting investors, entrepreneurs, and professionals from around the world. The city’s strategic location, business-friendly environment, and dynamic infrastructure have made it a magnet for international trade and tourism.

The UAE’s economic diversification efforts have also played a critical role. Initiatives to promote sectors such as technology, finance, and renewable energy have created new opportunities, driving economic growth and job creation. This diversification has not only reduced the country’s reliance on oil but also strengthened its resilience to global economic fluctuations.

Dubai’s real estate market has seen unprecedented growth, with property prices reaching record highs. This surge has been fueled by foreign investments, a booming tourism sector, and the government’s proactive policies to attract expatriates and skilled professionals. The city’s population has grown rapidly, reflecting its status as a global metropolis that offers a high quality of life and diverse cultural experiences.

The Road to 2032: A Vision for the Future

As Dubai looks to the future, its vision extends far beyond the aviation sector. The city aims to become a global leader in sustainability, innovation, and smart technology. Investments in green energy, digital transformation, and urban development are shaping Dubai into a model for modern cities worldwide.

The upcoming Al Maktoum International Airport will be a cornerstone of this vision. Designed to be a state-of-the-art facility, it will incorporate advanced technologies, sustainable practices, and world-class amenities to meet the demands of future travelers. The airport’s development will also create thousands of jobs, stimulate economic growth, and reinforce Dubai’s position as a global aviation hub.

Griffiths remains optimistic about Dubai’s trajectory: “With our strategic plans, strong leadership, and the resilience of our economy, we are confident that Dubai will continue to set new records and lead the way in global aviation and beyond.”

As the city prepares for its next chapter, Dubai’s journey from a desert outpost to a global powerhouse serves as a testament to the power of vision, innovation, and determination. The record-breaking passenger numbers at Dubai International Airport are not just statistics—they are a reflection of a city that continues to defy expectations and reach new heights.

Santosh: A Stark Reflection on Class, Caste, and Corruption in Modern India

In the realm of cultural discourse, America’s persistent blind spot remains class. Regardless of their financial status—be it billionaires or hourly wage earners scraping by—most Americans identify themselves as middle class. However, class distinctions are subtly woven into every social interaction, whether acknowledged or not. This phenomenon is mirrored in India, where, despite the constitutional ban on the caste system since 1950, its shadow lingers. The Dalits, historically labeled as “untouchables,” continue to face systemic barriers designed to deny them justice. It’s within this deeply entrenched framework that Santosh Goswami finds herself ensnared, becoming a small part of a vast, indifferent mechanism.

Santosh, a young woman grappling with the recent loss of her husband, is left with few choices. Her path leads her to a role as a police officer—a job she assumes not out of ambition but necessity. Her husband’s death in a riot secures her this position under a program intended to support widows of fallen officers. However, she steps into this role untrained, donning a uniform still stained with her husband’s blood, and unaware of the grim reality: she’s not expected to do any real policing. The issue isn’t her lack of experience but rather a system meticulously designed to ensure that justice remains out of reach, especially for Dalit communities. Bureaucratic barriers prevent even the filing of basic police reports. After all, if there’s no report, there’s technically no crime—even when a 15-year-old girl’s lifeless body is pulled from a well.

British writer-director Sandhya Suri, in her first narrative feature, shifts her focus from the British-Indian cultural intersections explored in her earlier documentaries. Her debut, I for India (2005), examined her father’s life as an Indian immigrant in the UK, while Around India With a Movie Camera (2018) stitched together archival footage from the British Raj era. In contrast, Santosh is deeply rooted in contemporary India, with only faint echoes of colonial influence, visible in scenes of men playing cricket or the military-style uniforms worn by Santosh and her colleagues.

Suri resists the temptation to portray Santosh as a traditional hero. Although she’s the sole authority figure willing to investigate the crime, Santosh remains entangled in the very system that marginalizes the Dalit community. Her job is less a calling and more a means of financial survival, yet it places her in situations where she’s complicit in the injustices she witnesses. In one unsettling scene, she forcefully drags grieving family members away from a protest, embodying the same apathy she once despised. Her superior, Geeta, played with jaded brilliance by Rajwar, cynically sums up the environment: “Everything here is an act, from pretending to care to pretending not to care.” Geeta’s bleak philosophy underscores the film’s moral complexity—if the law is unjust, then perhaps true justice requires breaking it.

Santosh’s moral compromises are not born of malice but of survival. Suri’s empathetic lens reveals the desperation that drives her, though that sympathy frays when Santosh participates in the torture of the case’s only suspect—a young Muslim boy, positioned even lower in India’s rigid social hierarchy than the Dalits. In these harrowing moments, the film recalls Claude Zidi’s dark comedy Les Ripoux, as Geeta mentors Santosh in navigating the murky waters of systemic corruption. Geeta’s lessons are brutal: to survive in this environment, one must not only accept but sometimes enforce its cruelty.

Santosh Goswami’s portrayal is a masterclass in nuance. Her performance oscillates between vulnerability and unsettling brutality, capturing both the intoxicating rush of newfound authority and the creeping dread of realizing that power is fleeting. She embodies the paradox of a woman who has risen slightly above the oppressed, only to become an instrument of their oppression. Her internal struggle reflects a universal truth: proximity to power can corrupt, even as it fails to shield one from the very injustices it perpetuates.

Beyond its searing critique of caste and corruption, Santosh has sparked a separate debate tied to its international reception. Despite being an Indian film, spoken in Hindi, and featuring an Indian cast, it was selected by the United Kingdom as its submission for Best International Feature Film at this year’s Academy Awards. This choice raises questions about national representation in global cinema. Can a film so intrinsically tied to Indian realities authentically represent the UK on the world stage? Or does this decision reflect the increasingly fluid boundaries of cinematic identity in a globalized world?

Regardless of its Oscar trajectory, Santosh stands as a powerful work of political art. Suri’s film doesn’t offer easy answers or moral clarity. Instead, it immerses viewers in the gray areas where survival and complicity intertwine. The film’s unflinching gaze forces audiences to confront uncomfortable truths—not just about India’s caste dynamics, but about the universal human tendency to adapt to injustice when survival is at stake.

At its core, Santosh is more than a crime story. It’s a meditation on power—how it’s gained, wielded, and ultimately how it corrupts. It challenges the notion of heroism, suggesting that in a system designed to oppress, even those with the best intentions can become perpetrators. Suri’s direction ensures that every frame carries the weight of this moral ambiguity, from the dusty, sun-bleached streets of the village to the claustrophobic police station where justice goes to die.

In the end, Santosh’s journey is less about solving a crime and more about navigating the moral wreckage left in its wake. The film’s haunting final moments linger long after the credits roll, a stark reminder that in places where justice is a performance, the cost of playing along is one’s soul.

Naseeruddin Shah Critiques Bollywood’s Reflection of Society at Kerala Literature Festival 2025

Veteran actor Naseeruddin Shah shared candid thoughts about the state of Bollywood during his appearance at the Kerala Literature Festival 2025. His reflections painted a rather critical picture of the industry’s role in representing contemporary Indian society. Expressing concern about the lasting impact of Bollywood films, Shah remarked, “It would be a big tragedy if 100 years later, people look at Bollywood films to understand India of 2025.”

Shah’s critique centered on the idea that cinema should serve as a meaningful record of its time. He argued that while films can raise questions, they often fall short of creating genuine shifts in societal thinking. “I don’t think anybody’s thinking is changed after seeing a film, no matter how wonderful it may be. Yes, it may help you raise a few questions, but the most important function of cinema is to act as a record of its times,” he said.

Delving deeper into the content produced by the film industry, Shah criticized how certain films reinforce outdated and harmful gender stereotypes. According to him, many movies cater to male fantasies, often reflecting and perpetuating regressive attitudes toward women. He did not mince words, stating, “These films feed into the secret fantasies of men who, in their hearts, look down on women.” He added that this dynamic is troubling and sheds light on the persistent issues of gender-based violence and discrimination in society. “It is very terrifying and does explain the horrendous things that happen to women in our society,” Shah observed.

Reflecting on the concept of originality in filmmaking, Shah shared an interesting anecdote from a conversation he had with renowned screenwriter Javed Akhtar. The discussion revolved around Akhtar’s 1975 classic Sholay, a film widely regarded as one of the most iconic and influential works in Indian cinema history. Shah recounted challenging Akhtar’s view of originality, pointing out the visible influences from Western cinema in Sholay. “I remember Javed Akhtar had once said to me, ‘Something can be called original when you can’t find its source.’ I was talking to him about Sholay, and I said, ‘You have copied every scene, you didn’t leave any of Charlie Chaplin’s films, besides Clint Eastwood is felt in every frame,’” Shah recalled.

Despite his blunt critique, Shah acknowledged that defining originality in art and cinema is complex. Akhtar’s response highlighted that originality doesn’t solely depend on whether an idea is entirely new but rather on how it is executed and transformed. “But he said, ‘The question is not about where you have lifted a reference from, it’s about how far you have taken it,’” Shah noted. This perspective underscores the idea that creative works often draw from existing influences, but their uniqueness lies in the way these inspirations are reimagined.

Shah further elaborated on this point by drawing parallels with literary greats like William Shakespeare. Widely celebrated as one of the most original playwrights in history, Shakespeare himself adapted stories from older works. “William Shakespeare, who is considered a great playwright, apparently was also copying stuff from old plays. But originality was there in the way they presented,” Shah said, emphasizing that the essence of originality lies in the presentation rather than the source material.

His remarks at the festival were a mix of sharp critique and thoughtful reflection, challenging the audience to reconsider the role of cinema in shaping and reflecting society. Shah’s comments are particularly relevant in an era where Bollywood continues to grapple with balancing commercial success and meaningful storytelling. His concerns highlight the need for introspection within the industry about the messages films convey and the values they promote.

While Bollywood has produced films that challenge societal norms and provoke thought, Shah’s critique suggests that these are exceptions rather than the rule. He seemed to imply that mainstream cinema often prioritizes entertainment and profit over artistic integrity and social responsibility. His observation that films “feed into the secret fantasies of men who, in their hearts, look down on women” points to a broader issue of gender representation in Indian cinema. Many mainstream films continue to depict women in stereotypical roles, reinforcing traditional power dynamics rather than challenging them.

Shah’s reflections also resonate with ongoing conversations about the influence of popular culture on societal attitudes. While he acknowledged that films might not drastically change people’s thinking, he implied that they still play a significant role in normalizing certain behaviors and beliefs. The connection he drew between cinematic content and real-world violence against women suggests that the portrayal of gender roles in films can have far-reaching consequences beyond the screen.

In discussing Sholay and its influences, Shah raised important questions about the nature of creativity and the fine line between inspiration and imitation. His anecdote with Javed Akhtar offers insight into how even celebrated works of art are often part of a larger cultural dialogue, drawing from existing stories and ideas to create something new. The debate over what constitutes originality is not new, but Shah’s reflections add a nuanced perspective, especially in the context of Indian cinema’s evolution.

His comparison to Shakespeare further reinforces the idea that originality is often a matter of perspective. While Shakespeare borrowed heavily from earlier works, his genius lay in his ability to transform those stories into timeless masterpieces. Similarly, Shah seemed to suggest that Indian filmmakers should focus less on avoiding influences and more on how they can reinterpret and reframe those influences in meaningful ways.

Shah’s comments at the Kerala Literature Festival were both a critique of Bollywood’s current trajectory and a call to action for filmmakers to be more conscious of their work’s cultural impact. His belief that cinema should serve as a historical record challenges filmmakers to think beyond box office numbers and consider the legacy they are creating. His assertion that it would be tragic if future generations looked to Bollywood films to understand India in 2025 reflects his concern that the industry is not fully capturing the complexities of contemporary Indian life.

Ultimately, Shah’s candid remarks highlight the power of cinema—not just as entertainment but as a mirror to society. His critique of Bollywood’s portrayal of women, the influence of Western cinema on Indian films, and the elusive nature of originality offer valuable insights for both filmmakers and audiences. As Indian cinema continues to evolve, voices like Shah’s serve as important reminders of the responsibilities that come with storytelling.

U.S. Economy Grows 2.3% in Late 2024 as Consumer Spending Drives Expansion

The U.S. economy continued its steady growth in the final months of 2024, fueled by strong consumer spending. According to a report from the Commerce Department released on Thursday, the nation’s gross domestic product (GDP) expanded at an annual rate of 2.3% in October, November, and December. This marks a slight decline from the third quarter when GDP grew at a 3.1% annual pace.

Americans increased their spending on both goods and services in the last quarter, with purchases of big-ticket items surging at an annual rate exceeding 12%. This uptick in consumer activity may have been influenced by concerns over potential tariffs, as President Trump has threatened to impose new trade barriers.

“The consumer is driving the economic train,” said Mark Zandi, chief economist at Moody’s Analytics. “The economy is creating a boatload of jobs and unemployment is low,” which has provided people with the financial security to continue spending.

However, business investment did not keep pace with consumer spending, experiencing a decline during the quarter.

By the end of 2024, the U.S. economy had expanded by 2.5% compared to the final months of 2023, a stronger performance than most other major economies. In contrast, GDP growth in Europe remained stagnant throughout the year.

The strong economy was also supported by rising stock market gains and record-high home values, which contributed to consumer confidence—particularly among wealthier individuals.

“When they feel wealthy, they feel confident and they save a little bit less and spend a little bit more,” Zandi explained. “The real juice here is coming from folks who are in good financial shape. Lower-income households, they’re still struggling.”

Despite the solid growth, economic forecasters have expressed concerns about the sustainability of this momentum in 2025.

“The biggest risk to our 2025 forecast is an immediate imposition of across-the-board tariffs on key trading partners,” wrote Bernard Yaros of Oxford Economics in a research note.

Yaros estimated that if Trump proceeds with his plan to levy tariffs on imports from Canada, Mexico, and China, it could reduce GDP growth by over 1% this year.

While consumer spending remains strong, anxiety about the broader economy persists. A report from the Conference Board released this week indicated that consumer confidence declined to its lowest level in four months in January.

Judicial Panel Begins Probe into Maha Kumbh Stampede, Aims for Swift Conclusion

The three-member judicial commission appointed by the Uttar Pradesh government to investigate the causes of the tragic stampede at the Maha Kumbh has a one-month deadline to complete its inquiry but will attempt to speed up the process, said panel head Harsh Kumar on Thursday, January 30, 2025.

Mr. Kumar, a retired judge, told PTI that the commission members would soon visit Prayagraj as part of their investigation.

Panel Takes Charge Immediately

Along with Mr. Kumar, the panel includes former Director General of Police (DGP) V.K. Gupta and retired IAS officer D.K. Singh. The three officials reached their designated office on Thursday and immediately began their work, according to an official statement.

“We have taken charge within hours of the announcement as the probe has to be taken up on priority,” Mr. Kumar said, emphasizing the urgency of the matter.

Efforts to Expedite the Inquiry

Regarding the investigation’s timeline, Mr. Kumar stated, “We have a one-month timeline but all the same, we will try to expedite it.” However, he did not specify when the commission members would visit Prayagraj.

When asked whether each member of the panel would investigate different aspects of the incident, Mr. Kumar responded, “We will discuss this amongst ourselves. Can’t go into detail right now.”

Stampede at the Sangam Area

The tragic incident occurred in the early hours of Wednesday at the Sangam area of the Maha Kumbh, as millions of devotees gathered to take a holy dip on Mauni Amavasya, one of the most sacred days in the Hindu calendar. At least 30 people lost their lives, and around 60 others sustained injuries in the stampede.

Overcrowding and Barricade Breach

According to police reports, the stampede happened when the crowd breached barricades, leading to a crushing situation for those waiting on the other side. Authorities have since intensified crowd management efforts to prevent further incidents.

The judicial panel is expected to analyze these factors closely and submit its findings within the given timeframe.

FDA Approves First New Painkiller in Over 20 Years, Offering Alternative to Opioids

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) granted approval on Thursday for suzetrigine, marking the first novel pain relief medication to enter the market in more than two decades.

Suzetrigine, a prescription pill available in 50-milligram doses, is taken every 12 hours following an initial higher dose. It will be marketed under the brand name Journavx.

“A new non-opioid analgesic therapeutic class for acute pain offers an opportunity to mitigate certain risks associated with using an opioid for pain and provides patients with another treatment option,” stated Dr. Jacqueline Corrigan-Curay, acting director of the FDA’s Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, in a news release. She further emphasized, “This action and the agency’s designations to expedite the drug’s development and review underscore FDA’s commitment to approving safe and effective alternatives to opioids for pain management.”

Pain medications, known as analgesics, are among the most frequently prescribed drugs in hospitals, according to government surveys. Every year, approximately 80 million Americans receive prescriptions for pain treatment, with nearly half of those prescriptions being opioids, which carry risks of addiction and dependency. This data comes from a study conducted by Vertex Pharmaceuticals, the company behind suzetrigine.

Suzetrigine is the first new pain relief medication approved in the U.S. since Celebrex, a Cox-2 inhibitor classified as a nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug, which gained FDA approval in 1998.

Dr. Sergio Bergese, an anesthesiologist at Stony Brook University’s Renaissance School of Medicine, explained that pain perception involves multiple areas of the body. When tissue damage occurs, nerve cells send electrical signals to the brain, which interprets them as pain.

While opioids function by dulling pain perception in the brain, suzetrigine operates differently by preventing pain-signaling nerves from transmitting signals in the first place. “This drug, what it is doing is interrupting that path, so even though the tissue injury exists, the brain doesn’t know,” Bergese explained.

Significantly, suzetrigine does not induce the euphoria or high associated with opioids, making it unlikely to lead to dependence or addiction.

The drug’s origins trace back to a unique genetic discovery in Pakistan, where researchers found a family capable of walking over hot coals without experiencing pain. Scientists discovered that members of this family lacked a specific gene responsible for transmitting pain signals in the skin.

“They knew that they were on something hot; they knew they could feel the coals. So it’s not impacting the nerves that do heat and touch and stuff like that. It is just these pain-conducting nerves,” explained Stuart Arbuckle, chief operating officer of Vertex Pharmaceuticals. “They were, in every other way, normal.”

Despite the discovery, it took scientists 25 years to harness this biological mechanism and translate it into a pharmaceutical solution.

Dr. Stephen Waxman, who directs the Center for Neuroscience and Regeneration Research at the Yale School of Medicine, explained the science behind pain signaling. “Neurons talk to each other by producing series of nerve impulses, like a Morse code,” he said. “And nerve impulses are produced by tiny molecular batteries within the membranes of neurons. The molecular batteries are called sodium channels.”

Suzetrigine functions by blocking a specific sodium channel responsible for transmitting pain signals.

The journey to developing a targeted sodium-channel blocker was fraught with challenges, as previous attempts had failed to isolate a single channel that could be safely inhibited. However, with suzetrigine’s approval, Waxman believes this breakthrough will pave the way for even more effective pain medications. “It is an important step forward, because it provides proof of concept that a [sodium-channel blocker] can reduce pain in humans,” he said. “That opens up the door to a second generation of even more effective [medications].”

Suzetrigine is administered in two dosages. Clinical trials involved an initial 100-milligram dose, followed by 50-milligram doses taken every 12 hours.

Physicians caution that the medication may not be effective for every individual or type of pain.

In two studies involving nearly 600 participants, suzetrigine demonstrated effectiveness in managing post-surgical pain following abdominal and foot operations. Its pain relief capabilities were comparable to Vicodin, a combination of acetaminophen and the opioid hydrocodone. However, researchers did not directly compare suzetrigine to Vicodin, making it difficult to determine which drug was superior.

Participants in the studies initially reported pain levels averaging around seven on a scale of zero to ten. With suzetrigine, this rating dropped by approximately 3.5 points.

“It’s not like eliminating all pain,” Arbuckle acknowledged. “It’s reducing pain by about 50%.”

A separate study examined the drug’s effects on individuals experiencing back pain due to sciatica. In this case, suzetrigine reduced pain levels by about two points, which was the same improvement reported by those given a placebo. These results suggest that suzetrigine may not be particularly effective for chronic pain conditions.

Vertex Pharmaceuticals disputes this conclusion, arguing that the drug has shown promise in treating various types of chronic pain. The company is currently conducting further trials on patients with diabetic neuropathy—a condition where prolonged high blood sugar damages nerves, causing pain, numbness, tingling, and muscle weakness.

The sciatica study had a smaller sample size compared to the other trials, with about 100 participants receiving either suzetrigine or a placebo. Due to the limited sample, researchers acknowledge that there may not have been enough participants to detect a significant difference between the drug and the placebo. Additionally, placebo effects tend to be pronounced in pain studies, complicating the interpretation of results.

“In our opinion, the drug did what we expected to do in terms of the amount of pain relief,” Arbuckle said. “But unfortunately, as often happens in studies in pain, there is quite a large placebo response.”

Medical professionals specializing in pain management have welcomed the approval of suzetrigine, recognizing its potential as an alternative to opioids.

“The more options we have, the better we’re able to treat each and every patient,” said Dr. Kimberley Mauer, an anesthesiologist at Oregon Health and Science University.

However, Mauer pointed out that the drug’s accessibility may be influenced by its cost. Vertex Pharmaceuticals has set the wholesale price at $15.50 per 50-milligram pill, but the company has assured that financial assistance programs will be available for eligible patients.

The ultimate impact of cost on accessibility remains uncertain, as insurance companies will play a role in determining coverage options.

“It might limit some patients getting it. So we just have to kind of see, and it’s hard to tell until it kind of gets out on the market,” Mauer said.

Rep. Rich McCormick Joins Ro Khanna as Co-Chair of Congressional Caucus on India and Indian Americans

Rep. Ro Khanna (CA-17) has announced that Rep. Rich McCormick (GA-07) will serve alongside him as the new co-chair of the Congressional Caucus on India and Indian Americans in the 119th Congress. Additionally, Reps. Andy Barr (KY-06) and Marc Veasey (TX-33) will maintain their roles as vice co-chairs of this bipartisan group.

Rep. Brad Sherman (CA-32), who previously held the position of caucus chair, will continue contributing as chair emeritus, offering his insights and expertise to the coalition, according to a news release.

“A strong partnership with India is critical for our economy and national security. It is an honor to continue serving as co-chair of the India Caucus and to welcome Rep. Rich McCormick as the caucus’s new co-chair. Rep. McCormick has supported policies to strengthen the US-India relationship, and I look forward to working with him. I am grateful to Reps. Veasey and Barr for their continued leadership in the role of vice co-chairs,” stated Rep. Khanna.

Expressing his enthusiasm for the new role, Rep. McCormick remarked, “I am honored to co-chair the Congressional Caucus on India and Indian Americans with my good friend Rep. Ro Khanna. I have the great privilege of serving many hardworking Indian Americans in my district and will continue to strengthen our relationship with India. The dedication, innovation, and contributions of this diaspora enrich our community and strengthen the bonds between our two nations. Together, let’s continue to champion the values of opportunity and collaboration that define both America and India.”

Rep. Barr also emphasized the importance of the U.S.-India alliance, stating, “I am honored to continue serving as vice co-chair of the Congressional Caucus on India and Indian Americans. The U.S.-India partnership is built on shared values of democracy, economic freedom, and security cooperation. Strengthening this relationship is critical to advancing our mutual interests in trade, technology, and defense. I look forward to working alongside my colleagues to further deepen the ties between our two great nations and to support the vibrant Indian American community that contributes so much to our country.”

Similarly, Rep. Veasey highlighted his dedication to fostering the relationship between the two nations, stating, “As the proud representative of Texas’ 33rd district, home to a vibrant and growing community of Indian and Indian American families, I am honored to continue serving as vice co-chair of the Congressional Caucus on India. I look forward to furthering the strong ties between the United States and India. The Indian American diaspora has made invaluable contributions to our nation, and I remain committed to fostering deeper partnerships that enhance both our economies and national security. Together, with our Chair, Rep. Ro Khanna, I know we will continue to build a strong relationship based on shared values.”

The Congressional Caucus on India and Indian Americans plays a crucial role in strengthening bilateral ties and advocating for the interests of the Indian American community. During the 118th Congress, the caucus reached a record-high membership of 145 members, with 35 new lawmakers joining under the leadership of Rep. Khanna and former co-chair Rep. Michael Waltz.

Leaked UK Home Office Report Identifies Hindu Nationalism and Pro-Khalistan Extremism as Emerging Threats

A leaked report from the UK Home Office has highlighted Hindu nationalism and pro-Khalistan extremism (PKE) as new forms of extremism that need to be addressed in Britain. However, this document does not yet represent official British government policy.

The report, which was leaked to the think tank Policy Exchange, outlines nine emerging extremist threats that UK counter-extremist policy should target. These threats are listed in the following order: Islamist extremism, extreme right-wing extremism, extreme misogyny, pro-Khalistan extremism, Hindu nationalist extremism, environmental extremism, left-wing, anarchist, and single-issue extremism, as well as violence fascination and conspiracy theories.

The report is a product of a “rapid analytical sprint” commissioned by Home Secretary Yvette Cooper to shape the UK government’s stance on extremism in response to riots that took place last summer. The sprint was authored by multiple agencies within the Home Office, including Prevent, the Research, Information and Communications Unit (RICU), and Homeland Security, Analysis and Insight (HSAI).

Andrew Gilligan and Dr. Paul Stott from Policy Exchange, who analyzed the leaked sprint, revealed that the document dedicates two pages to extremism linked to the Indian subcontinent—specifically PKE and Hindu nationalist extremism, also referred to as “Hindutva.”

“Given the violence which occurred in Leicester in September 2022 between Hindus and Muslims, the government is correct to place Hindu nationalist extremism under the spotlight — not least as knowledge of it is generally low,” Gilligan and Stott wrote in their report. They further stated that it was a “mistake” to exclude Hindu nationalism from the 2023 independent review of Prevent.

According to the sprint, “in Leicester, key voices within both Muslim and Hindu communities played a significant role in opportunistically exploiting tensions and inciting hate among local communities.”

Regarding pro-Khalistan extremism, the sprint acknowledges that advocating for an independent Sikh state of Khalistan is not inherently extremist. However, it raises concerns when such advocacy involves supporting violence. The report points to a “growing portfolio of actors of concern within the Khalistan movement” and notes instances of activism that contribute to “the demonisation of Muslim communities, particularly in relation to child sexual exploitation allegations” and conspiracy theories alleging collusion between the British and Indian governments.

The sprint also acknowledges concerns regarding India’s role abroad, specifically referring to accusations that the Indian government has been involved in deadly violence against Sikhs in Canada and the United States. “The sprint de-centres and downplays Islamism, by far the greatest threat to national security,” Gilligan and Stott stated, noting that it receives just one page in the report.

In the UK, Islamist terrorism remains the predominant domestic terrorist threat. It has accounted for 67% of attacks since 2018, represents around three-quarters of the MI5 caseload, and comprises 64% of individuals currently in custody for terrorism-related offences.

A Home Office spokesperson addressed the report, stating: “The counter-extremism sprint sought to comprehensively assess the challenge facing our country and lay the foundations for a new approach to tackling extremism—so we can stop people being drawn towards hateful ideologies. This includes tackling Islamism and extreme right-wing ideologies, which are the most prominent today. The findings from the sprint have not been formally agreed by ministers, and we are considering a wide range of potential next steps arising from that work.”

Tulsi Gabbard’s DNI Nomination Raises Concerns Over Indian Ties, Sikh Coalition Says

The U.S. Senate Select Committee on Intelligence has completed its nomination hearing for former Congresswoman Tulsi Gabbard, who was nominated by President Trump to serve as the Director of National Intelligence (DNI).

For several weeks leading up to the hearing, the Sikh Coalition, in collaboration with other Indian diasporic organizations, has expressed concerns regarding Gabbard’s well-documented connections to Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi, the Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh (RSS), and the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP). These groups have questioned whether these ties could influence her approach to addressing Indian transnational repression if she were to assume the role of DNI. Their efforts have included engaging with Senate offices and the staff of the Senate Select Intelligence Committee, suggesting questions for the hearing, and providing relevant context on the issue. Additionally, they have spoken to the media to highlight these concerns.

The Director of National Intelligence plays a crucial role in overseeing and coordinating various U.S. intelligence agencies, such as the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) and the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA). These agencies, along with other branches of the government, have played a key role in safeguarding U.S.-based Sikhs from Indian transnational repression. The Sikh Coalition emphasized that the questions regarding Gabbard’s connections are not rooted in her Hindu identity. “Indeed, no nominee should be questioned on the basis of their religion,” the organization stated. Instead, the focus is on understanding her political affiliations and how they might shape her stance on the Indian government’s documented efforts to suppress Sikhs in the United States.

Despite the gravity of these concerns, no senators addressed them during the public hearing. Gabbard made only one mention of Prime Minister Modi in her opening statement, where she listed him among various global leaders she insisted she was “not a puppet” of. Following the public hearing, the Senate committee proceeded with a private and classified session with Gabbard. It remains uncertain whether the topic of Indian transnational repression was raised in that discussion. The Sikh Coalition reaffirmed its commitment to continuing outreach efforts with Senate offices regarding Gabbard’s nomination ahead of the confirmation vote.

Beyond Gabbard’s nomination, the Sikh Coalition has been working to ensure issues affecting the Sikh community are part of the broader national dialogue. Alongside civil rights organizations such as the Leadership Conference on Civil and Human Rights, the group has submitted pertinent questions to senators regarding other executive branch nominees. This initiative aligns with the recent release of the fourth edition of its federal policy roadmap, Combating Bias, Bigotry, and Backlash: Sikh American Policy Priorities, which was published earlier this month.

As always, the Sikh Coalition encourages the community to “practice your faith fearlessly.”

Teen Scientist Develops AI-Based Detector for Pesticide Residue on Produce

Sirish has developed a groundbreaking method to detect pesticide residue on consumable produce using an AI-powered handheld detector.

Motivation for Entering the 3M Young Scientist Challenge

Like many students, Sirish has a deep passion for science but believes that a novel idea is akin to a seed—it requires proper guidance and cultivation to reach its full potential. The 3M Young Scientist Challenge’s summer mentorship program offers an invaluable opportunity to further develop research and transform it into something with a global impact.

Sirish explains, “Recognition for the countless hours dedicated to my research would be gratifying, but is ultimately unimportant when compared to the potentially life-changing experience of interacting with professional scientists that may help not only to expand my current project into something so much greater, but to impart guidance and inspiration that will define my educational career and cultivate more, and potentially more important, scientific research in the future.”

Regardless of the competition’s outcome, Sirish is committed to pursuing a future in science. However, access to expert advice from current researchers would open up nearly limitless possibilities for future innovations.

Most Influential Invention of the Last Century

Among the many innovations over the past 100 years, Sirish considers the invention of the first electronic computer in 1946 to be the most transformative. Computers have revolutionized the world by enabling rapid, accurate calculations in milliseconds, forming the backbone of numerous modern advancements.

Sirish elaborates, “The ability to perfectly perform mass calculations in milliseconds is incredibly useful, and I personally believe very few modern innovations could be materialized without it. Isn’t it amazing that astonishingly complex advancements in all fields come as a result of astonishingly simple ones and zeros?”

In addition to their traditional applications, computers are playing an increasingly significant role in biology through the emerging field of computational biology. Sirish believes that this interdisciplinary approach holds the potential to fundamentally reshape life on Earth for all species.

Future Aspirations

Looking ahead 15 years, Sirish envisions a career dedicated to designing and building devices that contribute to solving global challenges. With climate change and environmental issues becoming more urgent, the goal is to create technological solutions that positively impact the planet.

How DeepSeek Is Disrupting AI: A Game-Changer in the Race Against US Tech Giants

AI development is notoriously expensive, with leading companies like OpenAI and Anthropic investing over $100 million solely in computing costs. These firms operate enormous data centers filled with thousands of high-end GPUs, each priced at approximately $40,000, making AI training as resource-intensive as running a large-scale power plant.

DeepSeek has challenged this model, achieving similar or superior performance to GPT-4 and Claude while reducing training costs to just $5 million. Unlike competitors that discuss potential cost reductions, DeepSeek has delivered tangible results, shaking the AI industry.

The key to their breakthrough lies in a fundamental rethinking of AI architecture. Traditional AI models operate with extreme precision, akin to storing every number with 32 decimal places. DeepSeek questioned this approach and asked, “What if we used just eight decimal places instead?” This simple yet effective shift reduced memory requirements by 75%, without sacrificing meaningful accuracy.

Another innovation is DeepSeek’s “multi-token” system. Most AI models process words sequentially, like a beginner reader: “The… cat… sat…” In contrast, DeepSeek processes entire phrases simultaneously, doubling the speed while maintaining 90% of the accuracy. This efficiency is crucial when handling billions of words.

Perhaps the most radical innovation is their “expert system.” Conventional AI models attempt to handle every task with a single massive neural network, akin to expecting one person to be a doctor, lawyer, and engineer simultaneously. DeepSeek’s approach resembles a team of specialists, activating only the necessary experts for a given task.

Most AI models use all their parameters all the time, with figures reaching 1.8 trillion in some cases. DeepSeek, in contrast, employs a total of 671 billion parameters but only activates 37 billion at once. This selective activation resembles an organization where only relevant experts contribute to a problem, rather than overwhelming the system with unnecessary computations.

The results of these optimizations are staggering:

  • Training costs drop from $100 million to $5 million.
  • GPU requirements fall from 100,000 to just 2,000.
  • API costs decrease by 95%.
  • AI models can operate on gaming GPUs instead of requiring specialized data center hardware.

For many, such cost reductions would seem to come with trade-offs. However, DeepSeek’s approach is fully open-source. The technical details are publicly available, and the code can be examined by anyone, proving that their success is the result of engineering ingenuity rather than secretive tricks.

This shift in AI development carries significant implications. Previously, only tech giants with billion-dollar infrastructures could compete in AI research. DeepSeek has demonstrated that with innovative engineering, a small team can achieve breakthroughs that challenge industry leaders.

The impact extends beyond AI firms. Nvidia, a dominant supplier of AI hardware, could face major challenges. Its business model relies on selling high-priced GPUs with substantial profit margins. If DeepSeek’s innovations allow AI to run effectively on consumer-grade GPUs, the demand for Nvidia’s most expensive chips could decline dramatically.

Adding to the disruption, DeepSeek has accomplished all of this with fewer than 200 employees. In contrast, Meta has teams whose combined salaries exceed DeepSeek’s entire training budget, yet their models do not necessarily outperform DeepSeek’s results.

This follows a classic pattern of technological disruption. Established companies tend to optimize existing methods, while newcomers rethink fundamental assumptions. Instead of merely throwing more hardware at AI challenges, DeepSeek asked how the process could be made inherently more efficient.

The broader implications include:

  • Increased accessibility to AI development.
  • Greater competition in the AI sector.
  • The erosion of competitive “moats” that have historically protected large tech companies.
  • Dramatic reductions in hardware requirements and costs.

While OpenAI, Anthropic, and other industry leaders are unlikely to remain passive, they now face a paradigm shift. These efficiency improvements cannot be ignored, and the era of solving AI problems by simply adding more GPUs appears to be ending. The AI race is no longer just about scale; it’s about smart engineering, and DeepSeek has proven that it can challenge the biggest players with a fraction of the resources.

China and UK Witness Record Exodus of Millionaires in 2024

China and the United Kingdom are experiencing an unprecedented outflow of millionaires, with both nations set to lose more wealthy individuals than any other country this year. According to the Henley Private Wealth Migration Report, which tracks the net migration of high-net-worth individuals (HNWIs), thousands of affluent individuals are departing these countries. Several factors are driving this trend, with significant implications for their respective economies.

China’s Millionaire Exodus

China is projected to lose 15,200 millionaires in 2024, marking a continuation of a trend that had slowed during pandemic-related travel restrictions. Once those limitations were lifted, wealthy Chinese individuals resumed their movement abroad. In 2023, approximately 13,800 HNWIs left China, with the United States, Canada, and Singapore being the primary destinations. This year, these same countries remain top choices for Chinese millionaires seeking stability and economic opportunity.

Several factors contribute to this outflow. Concerns about China’s economic trajectory and rising geopolitical tensions have led many affluent individuals to seek safer environments for themselves and their wealth. As uncertainties persist in the domestic market and relations with Western nations become more strained, an increasing number of wealthy Chinese are looking for alternative destinations where their assets and businesses can thrive.

UK’s Millionaire Migration

The United Kingdom is expected to see 9,500 millionaires leave in 2024, ranking second only to China in terms of net HNWI departures. This marks a sharp contrast to the country’s historical status as a hub for the wealthy. For years, London attracted affluent individuals from Europe, Asia, Africa, and the Middle East.

However, this trend has reversed, with many millionaires now opting for alternative destinations such as the United Arab Emirates (UAE). The Henley report notes that while this migration shift has been occurring for some time, it has accelerated due to several key factors, including Brexit, the energy crisis triggered by the war in Ukraine, and rising inflation.

Key Factors Behind the Wealth Exodus

The departure of millionaires from both China and the UK is influenced by a combination of economic and political factors.

For China, the primary reasons include:

  • Slowing economic growth and concerns about long-term stability.
  • Increasing geopolitical tensions and worsening relations with Western nations, creating an uncertain business environment.
  • Government crackdowns on various industries and heightened regulatory scrutiny, which have made many wealthy individuals uneasy.

In the UK, the driving forces behind the exodus include:

  • Brexit-related economic and political uncertainty, which has reduced confidence among investors and business leaders.
  • The potential for higher taxes on the wealthy, including Labour Party leader Keir Starmer’s proposal to end preferential tax treatment for non-domiciled residents if elected.
  • The approaching general election, with potential policy changes targeting affluent individuals leading them to consider relocation.

UAE: A Preferred Destination for Millionaires

While China and the UK are experiencing a mass exodus of millionaires, countries like the UAE are benefiting from an influx of wealthy individuals. The UAE has emerged as a top destination for millionaires due to several key advantages:

  • Tax benefits: The country offers no personal income tax and has a favorable corporate tax structure, making it highly attractive for affluent individuals.
  • Business opportunities: The UAE’s strategic location, excellent connectivity, and thriving business environment make it an appealing destination for entrepreneurs and investors.
  • Quality of life: The country boasts a high standard of living, safety, and access to luxury amenities, drawing in millionaires seeking a better lifestyle.

Economic Impact of Millionaire Migration

The loss of millionaires is often seen as a warning sign of deeper economic issues within a country. Henley & Partners highlight that millionaire migration trends serve as a critical indicator of a nation’s financial health. A substantial outflow suggests serious challenges and may indicate declining economic stability.

Wealthy individuals are typically the first to leave when conditions become unfavorable because they possess the financial flexibility to relocate. Their departure can have a significant impact on the domestic economy, as they take their investments, businesses, and spending power with them.

Moreover, millionaire migration benefits host countries by injecting large amounts of foreign exchange revenue into their economies. For example, when a millionaire moves with $10 million in assets, the receiving country effectively gains $10 million in economic value, providing a considerable financial boost. Conversely, the loss of such individuals can have negative economic consequences for their home countries.

India’s Position in the Global Wealth Migration Trend

India ranks third globally in terms of millionaire migration, with an estimated 4,300 wealthy individuals expected to leave the country in 2024. However, this figure marks an improvement compared to 2023, when 5,100 millionaires departed.

Despite this trend, India’s economy continues to generate new millionaires at a high rate, helping to offset the losses. The Henley report states, “Indian millionaires often depart the subcontinent in search of a better lifestyle, safer and cleaner environments, and access to more premium health and education services.”

While India is still experiencing high-net-worth outflows, the rate of migration has slowed slightly compared to previous years. However, the reasons behind millionaire departures remain consistent, as affluent individuals continue to seek better opportunities and living conditions abroad.

Conclusion

The large-scale migration of millionaires from China and the UK highlights the growing economic and political challenges these nations face. While China’s outflow is driven primarily by economic concerns and regulatory crackdowns, the UK’s millionaire exodus is fueled by Brexit-related uncertainties, tax policies, and political shifts.

At the same time, countries like the UAE are attracting these wealthy individuals by offering favorable tax structures, business opportunities, and high living standards. The global movement of millionaires serves as a key indicator of shifting economic power dynamics, with significant consequences for both the departing and receiving nations.

Human Rights and Religious Freedom in India Faced Decline in 2024, IAMC Report Highlights

Human rights and religious freedom in India saw a significant decline throughout 2024, marked by the implementation of discriminatory policies, an increase in hate crimes, cow-related lynchings, inflammatory speeches during India’s general elections, instances of police brutality, and transnational repression, according to an annual report by the Indian American Muslim Council (IAMC) released today.

The report details systemic violence and discrimination against Indian minorities, including Muslims, Christians, Sikhs, Dalits, and Kashmiris, by documenting some of the most egregious acts committed against these groups over the year. However, the repression extended beyond India’s borders, as the government’s transnational efforts to silence dissent also impacted members of the Indian diaspora in the United States and Canada.

Before and after securing a third consecutive term, Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi, the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP), and their Hindu nationalist supporters played a role in fostering discrimination and violence against minorities and vulnerable communities. Notably, there were multiple instances in which law enforcement, acting either on the orders of the government or Hindu nationalist groups, engaged in violence against minority populations. Two significant instances of police brutality against Muslim demonstrators occurred in 2024—first in January in Haldwani, Uttarakhand, where six people were killed, and later in November in Sambhal, Uttar Pradesh, where five were shot dead. In both cases, police fired upon Muslim protestors exercising their right to dissent.

Several new discriminatory policies were introduced at both state and national levels. Among these was the Uniform Civil Code implemented in Uttarakhand, which compels religious minorities to abide by common laws on personal matters such as marriage and divorce, undermining their religious autonomy. Another measure, the Waqf (Amendment) Bill, seeks to alter regulations governing Muslim community-owned waqf properties, reducing control over historic mosques, dargahs, and graveyards. Additionally, various directives from law enforcement and local governments required all food vendors to display their names prominently, making Muslim-owned businesses more vulnerable to attacks and boycotts. These measures were enacted amid growing concerns over judicial independence, leaving minorities with diminishing legal protections against explicitly discriminatory policies.

During the 2024 electoral cycle, the BJP frequently engaged in illegal tactics to polarize the electorate and weaken the opposition. BJP candidates and their allies relied on hate speech throughout their campaigns and facilitated the arrests of opposition leaders, in clear violation of Indian election laws, without facing consequences. Reports from the general election and subsequent bypolls indicated widespread voter suppression, particularly targeting Muslims and other minority groups. Voters described incidents of violence at polling stations, intimidation by law enforcement, and manipulation of voter rolls designed to disenfranchise minority communities.

Hindu militant groups continued to perpetrate violence against Muslims throughout the year, with attacks on individuals, neighborhoods, and places of worship intensifying around Hindu festivals. The consecration of the Ram Temple in Ayodhya in January, built on the site where the Babri Mosque was demolished, triggered nationwide violence against Muslims. Following this event, Hindu nationalist groups launched a wave of legal challenges seeking to convert Muslim religious sites into Hindu temples. Additionally, Muslim places of worship were frequently targeted by vandals during Hindu religious processions.

Muslim-owned businesses, homes, and religious sites were also subject to unlawful demolition drives under the pretext of removing “encroachments,” often serving as retaliatory actions.

Press freedom continued to suffer as the government maintained control over mainstream media, fostering an environment of censorship and misinformation. During the lead-up to India’s general elections, mainstream media played a role in promoting anti-Muslim rhetoric. Rather than holding Modi accountable for his controversial speeches, news outlets instead focused on praising him, discrediting political rivals, and stoking divisions between Hindus and minorities. The government also actively suppressed content critical of Hindu nationalism and the administration, blocking social media accounts, removing posts, and restricting access to documentaries and articles. Additionally, prominent right-wing figures orchestrated disinformation campaigns against journalists who criticized the Modi administration.

Hindu extremist groups instigated riots in Muslim-majority areas, particularly during Hindu religious celebrations. Mob lynchings continued, often under the guise of protecting cows, with victims predominantly belonging to Muslim and Dalit communities. The lack of consequences for cow vigilante groups underscored the ongoing collaboration between Hindu extremist organizations and law enforcement.

The Indian government also extended its repression beyond its borders, targeting members of the Indian diaspora, including in the United States. In August 2024, a gunman attacked three Sikh separatist activists in Sacramento, an incident that human rights organizations suspect was another assassination attempt backed by the Indian government. Additionally, the Modi administration continued its efforts to censor social media accounts and websites operated by individuals in the diaspora critical of the government.

“Our report illustrates the scale and severity of anti-minority violence that is being perpetuated daily by Hindu supremacists in India,” stated IAMC Executive Director Rasheed Ahmed. “The takeaway is clear: even with Modi’s marginal loss of power following the 2024 elections, Hindu militant groups remain emboldened, law enforcement remains largely beholden to extremists, and the judiciary remains compromised.”

IAMC President Mohammed Jawad also condemned the ongoing repression, stating, “It’s clear that the Modi regime feels a sense of impunity—not only in the way it so ruthlessly enacts violence against its own citizens, but also seeks to silence and repress our communities in the diaspora.” He further urged the U.S. government to take action, asserting, “It is the United States government’s responsibility to protect its citizens by using the appropriate diplomatic tools—including sanctions—to send a strong message to the Modi regime.”

Trump Warns BRICS Against Ditching US Dollar, Threatens 100% Tariffs

US President Donald Trump on Thursday issued a warning to BRICS nations against any move to replace the US dollar as the global reserve currency. He reiterated his previous threat of imposing 100% tariffs, a stance he first declared shortly after his victory in the November presidential elections.

“We are going to require a commitment from these seemingly hostile Countries that they will neither create a new BRICS Currency, nor back any other Currency to replace the mighty U.S. Dollar or, they will face 100% Tariffs,” Trump stated on Truth Social. His message closely mirrored a post he had made on November 30.

At the time of his initial warning, Russia dismissed the idea that the US could force nations to use the dollar, stating that such an approach would ultimately backfire.

BRICS and De-Dollarization

BRICS, which comprises Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa, along with a few recent additions, has long debated the idea of establishing a common currency. Though no shared currency currently exists, discussions have gained traction, particularly after the West imposed sanctions on Russia following its invasion of Ukraine.

“There is no chance that BRICS will replace the US dollar in international trade or anywhere else, and any country that tries should say hello to tariffs and goodbye to America!,” Trump asserted in his statement.

Trump’s warning to BRICS coincides with Canada and Mexico awaiting his decision on whether he will proceed with his previously announced plan to impose 25% tariffs on US trade partners within North America. If enforced, the tariffs are expected to take effect on February 1.

Trump aims to use tariffs as a tool to pressure Mexico and Canada into taking stronger action against the trafficking of illegal drugs, particularly fentanyl, while also addressing the surge in illegal border crossings into the US.

Despite efforts by BRICS nations to reduce reliance on the dollar, the US currency has recently strengthened due to a robust American economy, tighter monetary policies, and ongoing geopolitical tensions. Economic fragmentation has fueled BRICS-led initiatives to move toward alternative currencies, but the dollar remains dominant.

A study conducted by the Atlantic Council’s GeoEconomics Center last year reaffirmed the enduring role of the US dollar as the world’s primary reserve currency. The research indicated that neither the euro nor the BRICS bloc has significantly succeeded in reducing global dependence on the dollar.

Push for an Alternative Global Currency

BRICS nations have been actively working to diminish the US dollar’s influence in the global financial system, including discussions on launching a new global currency. At the 15th BRICS Summit in 2023, Russian President Vladimir Putin strongly advocated for de-dollarization. He urged member nations to enhance financial settlements in their respective national currencies and bolster cooperation among their banking institutions.

Momentum for these de-dollarization efforts accelerated after the US expelled Russia from the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication (SWIFT), a crucial network facilitating international financial transactions. A similar move had been made against Iran in 2012, which was widely seen as a factor that pushed Tehran to negotiate in 2015.

As BRICS nations continue exploring financial alternatives, Trump’s warning underscores Washington’s firm stance on protecting the dominance of the US dollar in the global economic system.

Akhand Hindu Rashtra’s Constitution Finalized, Set for Unveiling at Mahakumbh

A 501-page “Constitution” for the proposed “Akhand Hindu Rashtra” has been completed and is scheduled to be unveiled at the Mahakumbh before being submitted to the Centre on Basant Panchami, February 2.

Drafted by a 25-member committee of scholars, the document draws its foundation from ancient Hindu scriptures, including the Ramayana, Manusmriti, the teachings of Krishna, and Chanakya’s Arthashastra. The committee, called the Hindu Rashtra Samvidhan Nirmal Samiti, comprises Sanatan Dharma scholars from institutions such as Banaras Hindu University, Sampurnanand Sanskrit University in Varanasi, and the Central Sanskrit University in New Delhi.

Swami Anand Swaroop Maharaj, a patron of the committee, addressed reporters at the Mahakumbh on Monday, outlining the vision to transform India into a Hindu nation by 2035. “Human values are in the nucleus of our Constitution, which has been prepared by 14 scholars from north and 11 from south India. Our Constitution is not against other religions but those who are found involved in anti-national activities will face harsher punishment than what is awarded to them currently,” stated Swaroop, who heads the Shambhavi Peeth in Varanasi.

He further pointed out the contrast between Hinduism and other religious identities in terms of nationhood. “Over 300 amendments have been made in the Indian Constitution in the last seven decades but our scriptures are the same for the last several thousand centuries. There are 127 Christian, 57 Muslim and 15 Buddhist countries. Even the Jews have Israel. But the Hindus, whose population is over 175 crore across the world, have no Hindu nation,” he said.

Kameshwar Upadhyaya, president of the committee, elaborated on some of the governance and policy measures outlined in the proposed Constitution. “Military education would be mandatory for every citizen in the Hindu Rashtra,” he said, adding that stricter laws would be implemented against theft. Additionally, the economic structure would be reformed with a revised tax system, which would include the elimination of taxes on agriculture.

The document envisions a unicameral legislature, referred to as the Hindu Dharma Parliament, with its members called Dharmik Sansads. The voting age has been proposed to be set at 16 years, and only individuals who adhere to Sanatan Dharma would be permitted to contest elections.

“The Rashtradhyaksh, the chief of the country, would be chosen by three-fourths of the elected members of the legislature,” Swaroop added, emphasizing a distinct governance structure.

A sadhu from Varanasi, speaking anonymously to The Telegraph, remarked on the potential long-term impact of the proposal. “This may sound ridiculous at the moment but this is how an issue is brought into public debate and eventually implemented,” he said.

Trump Administration Orders Google Maps to Display “Gulf of America” in the U.S.

Google Maps users in the United States will soon see the “Gulf of Mexico” labeled as the “Gulf of America” following a name change mandated by the Trump Administration. The update will take effect after the federal mapping database reflects the alteration, Alphabet-owned Google announced on Monday.

The decision aligns with an executive order issued by President Donald Trump last week, which renamed multiple American landmarks. In response, the U.S. Department of the Interior confirmed the changes were official and stated that America’s Geographic Names System was working “expeditiously” to implement the President’s directive.

“We have a longstanding practice of applying name changes when they have been updated in official government sources,” Google posted on X.

The modification means that users in the United States will see “Gulf of America” on Google Maps, while the name will remain “Gulf of Mexico” in Mexico. Users in other countries will see both names displayed.

Trump’s Renaming Orders

According to the Interior Department, the Gulf of Mexico’s official designation has been changed to the Gulf of America. Additionally, the highest peak in North America, Denali, has been renamed Mount McKinley.

Google Maps will also apply this change to Mount McKinley, which was originally named after the 25th U.S. President, William McKinley, in 1917. However, the Obama administration changed the mountain’s name back to Denali in 2015, in recognition of its historical significance to Alaska’s Indigenous people.

President Trump enacted these renaming measures through a series of executive orders issued hours after he assumed office on January 20, fulfilling a campaign pledge.

Earlier this month, Mexican President Claudia Sheinbaum jokingly suggested that North America, including the United States, be called “Mexican America,” referencing an early map that used this historical designation.

Google’s Approach to Naming Disputes

Google has a history of adapting place names based on regional and geopolitical considerations. For instance, the body of water situated between Japan and South Korea is labeled as the “Sea of Japan (East Sea)” outside both countries to reflect the ongoing naming dispute.

Similarly, in 2012, Iran threatened legal action against Google for omitting the name “Persian Gulf” from Google Maps, leaving the body of water between Iran and the Arabian Peninsula unnamed. The platform later revised its labeling to “Persian Gulf (Arabian Gulf)” in certain regions.

Trump Says India Will Act Right on Deportation of Illegal Migrants After Call with Modi

US President Donald Trump has expressed confidence that India “will do what’s right” concerning the deportation of undocumented migrants after a phone conversation with Prime Minister Narendra Modi.

The two leaders spoke on Monday, marking their first discussion since Trump took office last week. Their conversation covered immigration, security, and trade, with the White House describing it as a “productive call.”

Following the call, Trump informed reporters that Modi was expected to visit the United States “sometime in February.”

Since assuming the presidency on 20 January, Trump has issued multiple executive orders related to immigration, aiming to intensify measures against undocumented migrants in the US.

As per the Pew Research Center, approximately 725,000 undocumented Indian immigrants were residing in the US as of 2024.

Last week, India’s foreign ministry stated that Delhi was willing to accept Indian nationals who had overstayed “anywhere in the world,” provided their documents were submitted and their nationality was verified.

During their phone call on Monday, the ministry noted that Trump and Modi discussed bilateral relations, particularly in “technology, trade, investment, energy, and defence.”

The leaders also exchanged views on security matters in the Indo-Pacific region, the Middle East, and Europe.

According to a White House statement, Trump underscored the need for India to expand its purchase of US-made security equipment and work towards a “fair” trade relationship.

Modi, in a post on X (formerly Twitter), referred to Trump as a “dear friend” and affirmed their commitment to a “mutually beneficial and trusted partnership.”

The White House further noted that both leaders emphasized their dedication to strengthening their countries’ strategic ties and the Indo-Pacific Quad alliance, which also comprises Japan and Australia.

India is set to host Quad leaders for the first time later this year.

Modi and Trump had shared an amicable relationship during the US president’s first term from 2017 to 2021.

However, India endured a contentious tariff dispute with the Trump administration, impacting businesses in both nations.

Following Trump’s election victory in November, India’s Foreign Minister S. Jaishankar asserted that the country had no apprehensions about working with the US president.

Trump had previously lauded Modi as a “great leader” but also criticized India for imposing high tariffs.

Observers believe it remains to be seen whether their rapport will help address concerns over trade and immigration.

Pope Francis Calls for a Unified Easter Date in 2025, Emphasizing Christian Unity

During the Week of Prayer for Christian Unity, Pope Francis reaffirmed the Catholic Church’s openness to adopting a common date for Easter, uniting celebrations in both the West and the East.

Speaking on January 25 at an ecumenical evening prayer service at Rome’s Basilica of St. Paul Outside the Walls, the pope highlighted that in 2025, Easter will coincide on both the Gregorian calendar used in the West and the Julian calendar used in the East. “I renew my appeal that this coincidence may serve as an appeal to all Christians to take a decisive step forward toward unity around a common date for Easter,” he stated.

Pope Francis emphasized the Church’s willingness to accept any agreed-upon date, saying, “The Catholic Church is open to accepting the date that everyone wants: a date of unity.” His remarks came at the closing service of the Week of Prayer for Christian Unity, which this year centered on the 1,700th anniversary of the Council of Nicaea. This council not only established a shared Christian Creed but also formulated a method to determine a universal Easter date.

Before the Council of Nicaea in 325, various Christian communities celebrated Easter on different dates. The council resolved that for the sake of unity and the faith’s collective witness, Easter should be celebrated on the first Sunday following the first full moon after the spring equinox. However, at the time, Christians followed the Julian calendar, which over the centuries fell increasingly out of sync with the solar year. This caused March 21, widely accepted as the date of the Northern Hemisphere’s spring equinox, to gradually drift away from the actual astronomical event.

In 1582, Pope Gregory XIII introduced a reform that corrected this drift by eliminating ten days from the calendar, restoring the equinox to March 21. While most Western Christians adopted this Gregorian calendar, the majority of Eastern Christians continued using the Julian calendar. As a result, Easter is occasionally celebrated on the same day by both traditions, but in most years, the Eastern Church marks the feast up to four weeks later than the Western Church.

Pope Francis has consistently reaffirmed the stance originally established by St. Paul VI in the 1960s, which stated that if Eastern Christians could agree on a method to determine a unified Easter date, the Catholic Church would accept it. His latest remarks continue this effort toward ecumenical harmony.

The ecumenical prayer service began with Pope Francis praying at the tomb of St. Paul, joined by Orthodox Metropolitan Polykarpos of Italy and Malta, as well as Anglican Archbishop Ian Ernest, director of the Anglican Center in Rome. Both bishops participated in the closing of the liturgy alongside the pope, jointly blessing the gathered crowd.

This year’s Week of Prayer for Christian Unity centered on Jesus’ question to Martha of Bethany: “Do you believe this?” In the Gospel of John, Martha expresses her sorrow to Jesus over the death of her brother Lazarus, saying that if Jesus had been present, he would not have died. Jesus responds, “I am the resurrection and the life; whoever believes in me, even if he dies, will live,” before asking Martha if she believes. Her answer is a profound declaration of faith: “Yes, Lord. I have come to believe that you are the Messiah, the Son of God, the one who is coming into the world.”

Reflecting on this passage, Pope Francis spoke about the significance of faith during times of struggle. “This tender encounter between Jesus and Martha from the Gospel teaches us that even in times of desolation, we are not alone, and we can continue to hope. Jesus gives life even when it seems that all hope has vanished,” he said.

He acknowledged the hardships that can weaken hope, saying, “Hope can falter following difficult experiences such as a painful loss, an illness, a bitter disappointment or a sudden betrayal.” Yet, he reassured that despite moments of despair, the Gospel reminds believers that “Jesus always restores hope because he raises us up from the ashes of death.”

The pope then addressed concerns about Christian unity, recognizing that the search for unity can sometimes feel stalled. He noted that some people feel as though ecumenical dialogue is at an impasse or “doomed to failure.”

“All of this makes us experience the same anguish as Martha, but the Lord comes to us,” he said. Then, he posed the same question Jesus asked Martha, urging believers to reflect on their faith: “Do we believe this? Do we believe that he is the resurrection and the life? That he rewards our efforts and always gives us the grace to continue our journey together? Do we believe this?”

Marking the anniversary of the Council of Nicaea, Pope Francis called the moment “a year of grace, an opportunity for all Christians who recite the same Creed and believe in the same God.” He urged believers to rediscover their shared faith and work toward unity. “Let us rediscover the common roots of the faith; let us preserve unity! Let us always move forward! May the unity we all are searching for be found,” he declared.

His call for unity echoes longstanding ecumenical efforts to bridge historical divides. Over the years, discussions between the Catholic and Orthodox Churches, as well as other Christian communities, have explored ways to reconcile differences, particularly regarding Easter’s celebration. The issue remains a significant topic in interchurch dialogues, reflecting a broader desire for Christian unity.

By underscoring the historical and theological roots of the Easter date issue, Pope Francis is encouraging a renewed effort to overcome divisions that have persisted for centuries. His message aligns with the broader ecumenical movement, which seeks to strengthen relationships among Christian communities and foster mutual understanding.

As 2025 approaches, the coincidence of Easter on both calendars provides a unique opportunity for progress. By highlighting this moment, Pope Francis is urging Christian leaders to seize the occasion as a meaningful step toward greater unity. His invitation for an agreed-upon Easter date underscores the importance of collaboration, emphasizing that unity should not be an abstract ideal but a tangible commitment among Christian churches.

Ultimately, his appeal reinforces a central tenet of the Christian faith—one that transcends denominational differences. The resurrection of Jesus Christ is a unifying cornerstone for all Christian believers, making Easter one of the most significant celebrations in Christianity. By advocating for a shared date, Pope Francis is emphasizing the importance of visibly demonstrating unity in faith, a unity that he hopes will serve as a witness to the world.

With the upcoming anniversary of the Council of Nicaea and the coinciding Easter date in 2025, Pope Francis’ call may spark further dialogue and renewed efforts among Christian leaders. His message remains clear: the path to unity requires decisive steps, and accepting a common date for Easter could be a powerful symbol of that unity in action.

Anirudh Ravichander Becomes India’s Highest-Paid Music Composer, Surpassing AR Rahman

For years, AR Rahman has been India’s most celebrated and financially successful music composer. His albums have consistently been chartbusters, enabling him to command fees in crores for each film. However, in 2023, a young composer overtook him as the country’s highest-paid musician. Achieving this milestone at just 33, he became the first Indian composer to charge a nine-figure amount for a single project.

India’s Highest-Paid Musician

Anirudh Ravichander, the celebrated composer behind Tamil films like Jailer, Petta, Master, and Vikram, has emerged as the highest-paid music composer in India. His popularity has also made him the most expensive musician in the country. In 2023, he made his Bollywood debut by composing music for Jawan, starring Shah Rukh Khan. According to News 18, he charged ₹10 crore for the film, surpassing AR Rahman’s usual fee of ₹7-8 crore per film. While he lowered his remuneration for subsequent projects, he still retained his position as the highest-paid composer. Times of India reported that Anirudh charged ₹8 crore each for Leo and Jailer, keeping him ahead of all his contemporaries.

How Anirudh Surpassed Industry Veterans

Anirudh has played a crucial role in introducing a fresh musical style to Tamil cinema. He is known for his experimental approach, particularly his use of techno beats and his ability to integrate actors’ real-life personas into background scores. This distinctive style has made him the preferred composer for some of India’s biggest stars, including Rajinikanth (Petta, Jailer), Kamal Haasan (Vikram), Vijay (Master, Leo), and Shah Rukh Khan (Jawan).

Anirudh has also become a key figure in major film ‘camps,’ frequently working with stars like Shah Rukh Khan, Rajinikanth, and Vijay. His ability to create anthems for these actors, such as Hukum from Jailer, has further solidified his reputation. The immense success of his compositions has allowed him to significantly increase his fees, ultimately leading him to charge ₹10 crore per film at just 33 years old.

Among other top Indian composers, Pritam, Vishal-Shekhar, MM Keeravani, and Yuvan Shankar Raja all charge below ₹5 crore per film. Singers earn even less, typically receiving ₹15-20 lakh per song, with very few ever earning a crore for an entire film. However, private albums offer higher earnings, with artists like Diljit Dosanjh routinely making over a crore per project.

Top Study Abroad Destinations for Indian Students in 2024

The dream of studying abroad remains strong for Indian students, with a record-breaking 13,35,878 pursuing higher education overseas in 2024. This significant increase from 13,18,955 in 2023 and 9,07,404 in 2022 was highlighted in a written response by the Minister of State for External Affairs in the Rajya Sabha.

While traditional study destinations such as Canada, the United States, and the United Kingdom continue to attract the majority of Indian students, new countries like Germany and Poland are gaining popularity. This shift reflects a broader trend of diversification, as students seek affordability, niche academic programs, and diverse cultural experiences. However, safety concerns, visa policies, and geopolitical developments are influencing international education choices in complex ways.

General trends shaping 2024

The steady rise in Indian students pursuing international education—from 9,07,404 in 2022 to 13,35,878 in 2024—indicates a growing demand for global academic opportunities.

A notable trend is the increasing interest in non-traditional study destinations such as Germany, South Korea, and Poland. While English-speaking countries continue to dominate, these nations offer quality education at lower costs, making them appealing to middle-income families.

In terms of course preferences, there has been a surge in demand for programs in data science, public health, nursing, and analytics. These fields align with evolving job markets and offer strong employment prospects.

The adoption of hybrid learning models has also transformed international education. Many universities now offer a mix of online and in-person learning, allowing students to reduce living costs while still benefiting from global academic exposure.

Financial accessibility has improved, with universities providing better financial aid, scholarships, and post-study work opportunities. This has made studying abroad more viable for a wider range of students.

However, some challenges remain. Safety concerns, particularly in Canada, and stricter visa policies in certain countries could impact enrollment patterns. Nevertheless, many nations are taking proactive measures to address these issues and retain their attractiveness as leading study destinations.

Top Five Countries for Indian Students in 2024

The study-abroad preferences of Indian students in 2024 showcase both traditional and emerging trends. Canada and the United States continue to lead due to their established academic systems and diverse opportunities, while Germany is gaining ground thanks to its affordability and specialized programs.

Canada leading the way

Canada remains the top destination, hosting around 4,27,000 Indian students. This data, shared by the Minister of State for External Affairs in the Rajya Sabha, underscores the country’s enduring appeal. Canada’s high-quality education system, post-study work options, and multicultural environment make it a preferred choice. Additionally, the strong presence of the Indian diaspora enhances its attractiveness.

However, challenges such as housing shortages, job competition, and recent geopolitical tensions between India and Canada have raised concerns. Despite these hurdles, Canada’s reputation as a leading education hub is unlikely to decline significantly.

United States

With approximately 3,37,630 Indian students enrolled, the United States remains a key destination, according to the Minister of State for External Affairs. States such as California, New York, and Illinois are particularly popular due to their prestigious universities and employment opportunities.

Although the U.S. presents challenges such as complex visa procedures and high living costs, its academic prestige and vast career networks continue to attract Indian students.

A major development this year is that Indian students have surpassed their Chinese counterparts as the largest group of international students in the U.S. for the first time since 2009. The 2024 Open Doors Report on International Educational Exchange reveals a 23% rise in Indian student enrollments, with over 330,000 currently pursuing higher education in the U.S. This increase includes a 19% jump in graduate enrollments and a remarkable 41% rise in participation in Optional Practical Training (OPT).

The report further notes that 64.5% of Indian students are enrolled in public institutions, with the remainder attending private universities. Regarding academic disciplines, 42.9% of Indian students are studying mathematics and computer science, 24.5% are enrolled in engineering, and 11.2% are focusing on business or management, while 5.4% are in physical and life sciences.

United Kingdom

The United Kingdom has welcomed approximately 1,85,000 Indian students, as per the data presented in the Rajya Sabha. The UK government has reinforced its commitment to Indian students, with Sir Steve Smith, the International Education Champion, stating that India is an “absolute priority” as the UK revises its International Education Strategy under its new Labour government.

A key policy shift this year has been the reinstatement of a two-year post-study work visa, which allows international graduates to seek employment after completing their degrees. This initiative significantly enhances job prospects for Indian students, who are drawn to the UK’s world-renowned universities and diverse academic programs.

Australia

Australia remains a favored choice, hosting around 1,22,202 Indian students, as reported by the Minister of State for External Affairs. Known for its high-quality education system and student-friendly policies, Australia offers ample academic and professional growth opportunities.

Post-study work visas and a welcoming multicultural environment contribute to Australia’s appeal. Additionally, the country’s diverse course offerings—particularly in engineering, business, and healthcare—align well with the aspirations of Indian students seeking global careers.

Germany

Germany is emerging as a strong alternative study destination, with 42,997 Indian students currently enrolled, according to Rajya Sabha data. The country’s excellence in engineering and technical education, combined with the absence of tuition fees at public universities, makes it a highly attractive option. Furthermore, the availability of English-taught programs ensures accessibility for international students.

Germany’s emphasis on research, innovation, and affordability significantly enhances its appeal. Many Indian students are particularly drawn to the country’s strong industry connections and abundant internship and placement opportunities.

In a recent interview with TOI, Martin Fischer, Head of Global Sales & Service at ZEISS Research Microscopy Solutions, emphasized the critical role Indian students play in filling workforce gaps in Germany.

“In Germany, I think there’s a skill gap,” Fischer remarked, noting the increasing demand for skilled professionals due to the country’s aging population and industrial transformations. He praised Indian students for their dedication and intellectual capabilities, stating, “I think Indian students are very eager to learn and very committed… I’ve only met smart Indians so far, studying in Germany.”

However, Fischer highlighted a potential challenge—language skills. While many university programs are offered in English, he advised Indian students to consider learning some German to enhance their experience. “It’s not 100% mandatory, but I would always recommend finding time to learn at least a little bit of German,” he suggested, explaining that basic language proficiency could facilitate smoother communication in daily life and professional settings.

As 2024 progresses, Indian students continue to explore global education opportunities with a mix of traditional and emerging destinations. Factors such as affordability, career prospects, and post-study work options play a crucial role in shaping their choices. While challenges like safety concerns and visa regulations persist, proactive measures by various countries ensure that the global appeal of studying abroad remains stronger than ever.

Oxford Tops Global Rankings in Two Key Subjects

The University of Oxford has once again secured the top position in two academic disciplines in the latest Times Higher Education (THE) World University Rankings by Subject for 2025.

Oxford, which has maintained the overall number-one ranking in THE’s world university rankings for the past nine years, was named the best institution for medical and health studies, a position it has held since 2019. Additionally, it retained its leadership in computer science, a top spot it has occupied since 2019. The university also saw a significant rise in business and economics, moving from a shared fifth place in 2024 to securing second place this year.

Oxford features in the top eight across all 10 subject categories in which it is represented, demonstrating its consistent academic excellence.

The University of Cambridge also achieved notable rankings and remains one of just three universities worldwide to feature in the top 10 across all 11 subjects assessed in the rankings. The only other institutions achieving this distinction are Harvard University and Stanford University in the United States.

Cambridge performed exceptionally well, ranking second in arts and humanities, computer science, life sciences, and psychology.

British universities had a strong presence in medical and health rankings, with Cambridge taking third place, while Imperial College London maintained its fourth-place ranking from 2024. Imperial also secured the eighth spot in computer science. University College London (UCL) saw mixed results, dropping one place to eighth in medical and health studies but moving up a spot to 10th in education studies. It also holds the same ranking in law.

UCL achieved sixth place in arts and humanities and improved its law ranking from 12th in 2024 to 10th this year. The London School of Economics and Political Science (LSE) climbed one spot to enter the top 10 in business and economics but fell one position to ninth in social sciences. Meanwhile, King’s College London made a notable leap in psychology, jumping six places to secure the ninth position.

American universities continue to lead globally, topping nine of the 11 subject rankings. The Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) and Stanford University each led in three categories, while Harvard took the top spot in two disciplines. The California Institute of Technology claimed first place in physical sciences.

Phil Baty, THE’s chief global affairs officer, commented on the broader global trends in education rankings, stating, “While the western world continues to dominate the subject rankings, this new data release demonstrates the continued rise of China and East Asian nations in the global knowledge economy, and a global leveling up of excellence.”

Chinese universities are now ranked among the top 50 across all subjects, marking a significant improvement in their global standing. Notably, Peking University and Tsinghua University secured top 10 positions in business and economics as well as education studies, further highlighting China’s growing influence in higher education.

Trump Announces Likely White House Visit by PM Modi in February

US President Donald Trump has indicated that Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi is expected to visit the White House for a meeting next month, likely in February.

Speaking to reporters aboard Air Force One on Monday, while en route back to Joint Base Andrews from Florida, Trump shared details about his recent conversation with Modi. “I had a long talk with him this morning (Monday). He is going to be coming to the White House, over next month, probably February. We have a very good relationship with India,” the president remarked.

Trump’s comments came in response to a query about his phone call with the Indian Prime Minister earlier that day. When asked to elaborate on their discussion, the president stated, “Everything came up (in a phone call with Modi).”

The upcoming meeting, if confirmed, will build upon the cordial rapport between the two leaders. Trump and Modi share a strong personal connection, which has been evident in their past interactions. Notably, the two leaders addressed massive crowds together at two high-profile events: the “Howdy Modi” rally in Houston in September 2019 and the “Namaste Trump” event in Ahmedabad in February 2020.

Trump’s last foreign trip as president during his initial term in office was to India, underscoring the significance of U.S.-India relations during his tenure.

Prime Minister Modi, known for his proactive diplomatic engagements, was also among the first three world leaders to congratulate Trump following his remarkable electoral victory in November 2024, reflecting the close ties between the two nations.

This meeting, if it takes place, will be another milestone in the ongoing cooperation and dialogue between the United States and India.

Nvidia Stock Rebounds Slightly After Historic Drop Amid DeepSeek’s Impact

The share price of Nvidia, a leading chip manufacturer for artificial intelligence (AI), experienced a modest recovery as U.S. stock markets reopened on Tuesday morning. Following a historic loss on Monday, Nvidia’s shares rose by 1.5% in early trading, signaling a slight rebound for the tech giant. Other major tech stocks also showed signs of stabilization after facing turbulence triggered by the emergence of a new Chinese AI app, DeepSeek.

On Monday, Nvidia made headlines with the largest single-day loss in U.S. market history. Its stock price plummeted by 17%, erasing more than $500 billion in market value. To put this into perspective, the loss was equivalent to the combined market valuations of ExxonMobil and MasterCard. Despite this setback, Nvidia remains one of the most valuable companies globally, with a market valuation exceeding $2.9 trillion. Currently, only Apple and Microsoft rank higher in terms of market capitalization.

The introduction of DeepSeek, an AI application developed in China, is believed to have shaken investor confidence in Nvidia and other tech firms. The app has quickly gained prominence for being developed at a fraction of the cost of its competitors while achieving remarkable success. It has already surpassed rivals like ChatGPT to become the most downloaded free app in the United States. DeepSeek’s rapid ascent has sparked concerns about the potential erosion of America’s dominance in the AI sector.

U.S. President Donald Trump weighed in on the situation, calling the rise of DeepSeek a “wake-up call” for the American tech industry. His comments underscored the urgency for the U.S. to maintain its technological edge amid growing competition from China.

The tech-heavy Nasdaq stock index, which saw a sharp decline of over 3% on Monday, showed slight improvement on Tuesday, rising 0.2% in early trading. Among major tech players, Alphabet, Google’s parent company, recorded a modest 0.1% increase, while Microsoft shares dipped by 0.6%.

DeepSeek’s impact on global markets extended beyond the U.S. On Tuesday, Japan’s Nikkei 225 index fell by 1.39%, reflecting investor jitters. However, Hong Kong’s Hang Seng index managed to post a small gain of 0.14%. Markets in Taiwan, South Korea, and China remained closed due to the Lunar New Year holiday.

The Lunar New Year also brought a temporary pause to DeepSeek’s activities. According to the South China Morning Post, the Hangzhou-based start-up, led by founder Liang Wenfeng, entered “holiday mode” as China began its week-long celebrations. The report noted that the company had gone “quiet” since its last update at midnight on Lunar New Year’s Eve. DeepSeek’s office building appeared deserted on Tuesday morning, with the start-up reportedly receiving an influx of uninvited visitors in recent days.

While DeepSeek enjoys its Lunar New Year break, the ripple effects of its emergence continue to be felt. Nvidia, as a key player in AI chip production, bore the brunt of the market’s reaction. Investors expressed concern over the competitive threat posed by DeepSeek, leading to a rapid sell-off of Nvidia shares on Monday. Despite this, Nvidia’s strong market position and its critical role in powering AI technologies have helped it retain its status as a tech giant.

The broader U.S. tech sector appears to have found some footing after Monday’s turmoil. Early trading on Tuesday suggested a degree of stability, though uncertainties surrounding DeepSeek and its implications for the global AI landscape remain. For now, Nvidia’s slight rebound offers a glimmer of hope for investors, but the challenges posed by rising Chinese competitors will likely keep the pressure on U.S. tech firms.

India and China to Resume Kailash Mansarovar Yatra and Strengthen Bilateral Relations

In a significant development aimed at improving bilateral ties, India and China have decided to resume the Kailash Mansarovar Yatra, which had been suspended since 2020. The decision was announced following discussions between Indian Foreign Secretary Vikram Misri and Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi during a meeting in Beijing. Additionally, both nations agreed in principle to reinstate direct flights, signaling progress in restoring normal relations.

“In this context, the two sides decided to resume the Kailash Mansarovar Yatra in the summer of 2025; the relevant mechanism will discuss the modalities for doing so as per existing agreements. They also agreed to hold an early meeting of the India-China Expert Level Mechanism to discuss resumption of provision of hydrological data and other cooperation pertaining to trans-border rivers,” stated the Ministry of External Affairs (MEA).

The discussions took place during a two-day visit by Vikram Misri to Beijing, as part of the Foreign Secretary-Vice Minister mechanism. This meeting follows agreements reached between Prime Minister Narendra Modi and President Xi Jinping in Kazan, Russia, in October. The leaders had underscored the need to stabilize and enhance bilateral relations, setting the tone for the recent talks.

Both nations have also committed to taking steps to foster people-to-people exchanges. This includes initiatives to encourage interaction between media representatives and think tanks from both countries.

“The two sides recognise that 2025, being the 75th anniversary of the establishment of diplomatic relations between India and China, should be utilised to redouble public diplomacy efforts to create better awareness about each other and restore mutual trust and confidence among the public. The two sides will conduct a number of commemorative activities to mark this anniversary,” the MEA’s statement elaborated.

The discussions also emphasized addressing the ongoing Line of Actual Control (LAC) dispute. Prior to the meeting, the MEA had highlighted its focus on the next steps in the resolution of bilateral issues, particularly those involving the LAC. Other topics on the agenda included the resumption of the Kailash Mansarovar Yatra, the re-establishment of direct flights, and easing visa processes for Chinese nationals.

Economic and trade issues were also addressed during the talks, with both sides agreeing to gradually restart dialogue in these areas. The goal is to foster policy transparency and ensure long-term stability in their economic relationship.

This thaw in relations comes months after India and China completed disengagement at the Depsang and Demchok friction points in Ladakh, following years of tension in the region. The disengagement was finalized in October 2024, after which both sides agreed to resume weekly patrols. The first round of these patrols was conducted in November 2024.

With both nations gearing up for the 75th anniversary of diplomatic ties in 2025, the decision to reinstate the Kailash Mansarovar Yatra and facilitate better public diplomacy signals a shared commitment to rebuilding trust and cooperation. As both sides prepare for commemorative activities and discussions on long-term issues, these recent agreements represent a critical step forward in mending relations.

Nvidia Loses $600 Billion in Market Value Amid DeepSeek AI Breakthrough

Nvidia’s market value took a historic hit of nearly $600 billion on Monday as tech stocks tumbled, driven by concerns that Chinese AI firm DeepSeek may have overtaken the United States in artificial intelligence innovation. The Nasdaq Composite, which represents the nation’s leading tech companies, dropped over 3%, while the Dow Jones Industrial Average recovered from earlier losses to close nearly 300 points higher. The S&P 500 also fell, losing nearly 1.5%.

The market downturn was triggered by impressive advancements claimed by DeepSeek, a Chinese AI company whose achievements were highlighted over the weekend. DeepSeek initially unveiled its open-source AI model in December, asserting that it required only two months and under $6 million to develop. These figures pale in comparison to the hundreds of billions invested by U.S. tech giants like OpenAI, Microsoft, and Meta in creating their own AI systems. This raised concerns that China might be outpacing the U.S. in both the scale and efficiency of AI investment.

DeepSeek’s influence is growing rapidly, as evidenced by its app becoming the top free download in Apple’s App Store, pushing OpenAI’s ChatGPT into second place.

Nvidia, a major player in the semiconductor industry, experienced one of the most significant losses in the stock market plunge. Its shares plummeted by as much as 18%, marking the largest single-day market value loss in U.S. history, according to Bloomberg. Despite its recent success—shares had surged over 200% in the last two years—this setback has left a considerable dent in its valuation.

In response to the situation, Nvidia issued a statement acknowledging DeepSeek’s advancements: “DeepSeek is an excellent AI advancement and a testament to what can be achieved by leveraging widely available models and compute that is fully export control compliant.”

Other semiconductor companies also faced steep declines. Micron Technology and Arm Holdings each dropped 10%, while ASML fell 6%. Among mega-cap tech firms, Microsoft declined 2%, and Google’s parent company, Alphabet, fell 4%. Meta Platforms, which is developing its own open-source AI model, initially fell but managed to close 1.9% higher.

The emergence of DeepSeek comes despite U.S. export controls on advanced semiconductors to China, designed to limit the country’s technological capabilities. Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella, speaking at the World Economic Forum last week, called DeepSeek’s progress “super impressive … and super-compute efficient.” He added, “We should take the developments out of China very, very seriously.”

Concerns about the implications of DeepSeek’s AI model extend to national security. Representative John Moolenaar, R-Mich., chairman of the Select Committee on China, expressed apprehension: “The U.S. cannot allow CCP models such as DeepSeek to risk our national security and leverage our technology to advance their AI ambitions. We must work to swiftly place stronger export controls on technologies critical to DeepSeek’s AI infrastructure.”

Meanwhile, Microsoft announced plans for $35 billion in investments by the end of 2024 to develop “trusted and secure AI and cloud datacenter infrastructure.”

The ripple effects of the tech sell-off extended to energy companies tied to AI infrastructure. Constellation Energy, which recently partnered with Microsoft to restart the Three Mile Island nuclear plant to power AI servers, saw its shares sink by 20%. Other energy firms perceived as AI beneficiaries, such as Vistra Energy and NRG Energy, also suffered substantial losses. Siemens Energy, a supplier of utility equipment, plunged 20%, while GE Vernova dropped over 21%.

Despite DeepSeek’s claims, skepticism remains. Bernstein analyst Stacy Rasgon questioned the validity of DeepSeek’s cost-efficiency claims: “We believe that … DeepSeek did not ‘build OpenAI for $5M.’ The models look fantastic, but we don’t think they are miracles.”

However, some experts view DeepSeek’s developments as a potential turning point for AI. Giuseppe Sette, president of AI market research firm Reflexivity, noted that DeepSeek’s methods could reshape the industry. “DeepSeek has taken the market by storm by doing more with less. In layman terms, they activate only the most relevant portions of their model for each query, and that saves money and computation power. This shows that with AI, the surprises will keep on coming in the next few years,” Sette stated in a note.

As global competition in artificial intelligence intensifies, DeepSeek’s advancements signal a significant shift, raising questions about the future dominance of U.S. tech firms in the rapidly evolving AI landscape.

Scott Bessent Confirmed as Treasury Secretary, Receives Bipartisan Support

Scott Bessent, a prominent Wall Street investor and hedge fund manager, was confirmed by the Senate on Monday as the next U.S. Treasury secretary. Garnering a vote of 68 to 29, Bessent’s appointment demonstrated a notable level of bipartisan support, reflecting confidence in his business acumen and economic approach.

Known for his wealth and success in the hedge fund industry, Bessent is considered a business-friendly choice for the role. His confirmation positions him as a key voice for the administration’s economic policies. In his new role, Bessent is anticipated to focus on advocating for the extension and possible expansion of the 2017 tax cuts, which have been a cornerstone of recent economic discussions.

Bessent’s appointment is also historic, as he becomes the first openly gay individual to serve as the Treasury secretary, marking a significant milestone in the representation of LGBTQ+ individuals in top government positions.

Trump’s Policy Shift on Immigration Arrests Raises Concerns for Schools and Families

President Donald Trump has rescinded a long-standing policy that prohibited federal agents from conducting immigration arrests at sensitive locations such as schools, hospitals, and churches. This change has created widespread apprehension among immigrant families and educational institutions, prompting schools to take measures to prepare for potential scenarios arising from the policy shift.

According to the Migration Policy Institute, approximately 733,000 school-aged children in the United States are living without legal status. This vulnerable group faces increased uncertainty and fear, with schools now at the forefront of addressing these challenges.

Kalyn Belsha, a Chalkbeat reporter, highlights the proactive steps schools are taking in response to this policy change. “They’re preparing for the possibility that things could be happening outside the school while families are dropping their children off or potentially waiting at their bus stop,” Belsha explains. “But then also, what would they do if an agent actually knocked on the door and said, ‘I would like to come in potentially to talk to a staff member or a parent or a child?’”

This fear is not hypothetical. In some cities, parents have already started keeping their children at home out of concern for their safety.

An Incident in Chicago

When asked whether there have been instances of immigration agents appearing at schools, Belsha recounted a recent event in Chicago that underscored the confusion such incidents can cause.

“We had an incident happen in Chicago on Friday where there were some federal agents that showed up at a school asking to come in to interview an 11-year-old who had posted an anti-Trump video on TikTok,” Belsha shared. “They presented their credentials and said [they were] Department of Homeland Security. The school was confused and said, ‘No, you cannot come in.’”

It later emerged that these agents were from the Secret Service, not Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE). The Secret Service does not enforce immigration laws. However, the school activated its protocol to protect the student, denying entry because the agents lacked a signed warrant.

“It created all kinds of confusion,” Belsha noted. “No one really understood what was going on for hours until we finally got confirmation that it was Secret Service. I think that’s the kind of example of, even if it isn’t an ICE agent, it creates all kinds of chaos for the school and the school communities. We have not seen documented evidence yet of an agent coming in to get a student.”

Parental Fears and Their Impact

Parents’ fears are not confined to hypothetical scenarios. The fallout from workplace raids has already provided a grim preview of what might happen under the new policy.

“The more common thing we’ve seen play out has been workplace raids that have had huge ripple effects on children and schools,” Belsha explained. In some instances, children have come home to find their parents absent, leaving schools to arrange alternative care.

Teenagers in these situations often find themselves stepping into parental roles, trying to explain the upheaval to younger siblings. The strain on families is immense, with some parents being released on humanitarian parole while others face prolonged detention.

“So we’re going to have to figure out what happens now,” Belsha said. “Whether or not there are people who are released on humanitarian parole or if family members are detained for much longer periods of time.”

Early Effects in Schools

Although the policy change is still relatively new, its impact is already being felt in some communities. In New York City, for example, several migrant parents who are staying in city shelters reported keeping their children home out of fear.

“A colleague of mine spoke with several parents, and they said that they kept their kids home for several days last week,” Belsha recounted. “So I think it’s not totally widespread yet, but in certain instances, some family members have decided to keep their kids home out of fear.”

Schools Caught in the Crossfire

The implications of the policy shift extend beyond families to the schools themselves, which must now navigate a complex and emotionally charged landscape. Administrators and staff are being trained to handle potential visits from federal agents while also addressing the fears of their students and parents.

Belsha’s account underscores the confusion and challenges schools face when responding to such incidents. Even when federal agents are not immigration officials, their presence can lead to panic and disruption. Schools are grappling with how to uphold their primary mission of educating students while also ensuring their safety and well-being.

Conclusion

President Trump’s decision to end restrictions on immigration arrests at sensitive locations has introduced a new layer of fear and uncertainty for immigrant families and schools. While the long-term effects of this policy remain to be seen, early indications suggest that its impact is already reverberating through communities.

Parents, educators, and students alike are left to navigate an uncertain future, with schools emerging as both sanctuaries and battlegrounds in the broader debate over immigration enforcement. As Belsha aptly illustrates, even the mere possibility of federal agents appearing at schools is enough to create chaos, confusion, and fear—an outcome that few would argue is conducive to a productive learning environment.

California Woman Sentenced for Role in Birth Tourism Scheme

A California woman, Phoebe Dong, was sentenced on Monday to 41 months in prison for her role in a business that facilitated “birth tourism,” helping pregnant Chinese women travel to the United States to deliver babies who automatically became U.S. citizens. Dong and her husband, Michael Liu, operated the company USA Happy Baby and were convicted in September of conspiracy and money laundering. U.S. District Judge R. Gary Klausner handed down the sentence in a federal court in Los Angeles and ordered Dong into custody immediately after the hearing.

This sentencing comes amid renewed debate over birthright citizenship in the United States, which has become a focal point following Donald Trump’s return to the political stage. As president, Trump issued an executive order aimed at restricting birthright citizenship, a move blocked by a federal judge who deemed it “blatantly unconstitutional.”

Dong and Liu were among over a dozen individuals charged in a crackdown on birth tourism schemes initiated during the Obama administration. These businesses, which cater primarily to women from China, Russia, Nigeria, and other countries, have been accused of helping pregnant women disguise their pregnancies and travel to the United States to give birth. Under the 14th Amendment, all children born in the U.S. are automatically granted citizenship. For many, this pathway provides their children with access to a U.S. education and the opportunity to eventually sponsor their parents for permanent residency when they reach the age of 21.

In her emotional testimony during the sentencing, Dong reflected on her upbringing in China, which was shaped by the country’s one-child policy. She tearfully recounted how the government forced her mother to have an abortion, and she described the struggles she faced after immigrating to the U.S. Despite these hardships, Dong said she was inspired by having children of her own and hoped to help other Chinese women seeking similar opportunities in California.

“I don’t want to lose my kids,” Dong told the court. “I hope you can give me fair judgment. I will take all my responsibility.”

Federal prosecutors, however, sought a more severe penalty, recommending a sentence exceeding five years. They accused Dong and Liu of orchestrating a scheme that enabled more than 100 pregnant Chinese women to enter the United States. According to prosecutors, the couple coached these women on how to deceive immigration officials by arriving at airports with less stringent screening procedures and wearing loose clothing to conceal their pregnancies.

“For tens of thousands of dollars each, defendant helped her numerous customers deceive U.S. authorities and buy U.S. citizenship for their children,” prosecutors stated in court documents. After the sentencing, they declined to provide further comment.

Michael Liu had already been sentenced in December to 41 months in prison for his involvement in the scheme. Dong’s lawyer, John McNicholas, requested that her prison term be postponed until Liu completed his sentence so that their three children, the youngest of whom is 13, would not be left without parental care. While federal prosecutor Kevin Fu agreed to the proposal, Judge Klausner denied the request, ordering Dong to begin her sentence immediately. As she was led away, Dong handed a necklace to a family member.

The USA Happy Baby case is part of a larger investigation into businesses that facilitate birth tourism in California. Prosecutors have pursued multiple cases, including one involving the operator of a company called “You Win USA.” That operator was sentenced in 2019 to 10 months in prison after pleading guilty to charges of conspiracy and visa fraud. Another individual linked to these schemes is believed to have fled to China, according to court filings.

McNicholas argued that Dong received a disproportionately harsh sentence due to the perception that she and Liu were responsible for enabling the birth of U.S. citizen children through their business practices. He contended that this perception unfairly influenced the sentencing, as the issue of citizenship was not directly related to the charges of conspiracy and money laundering.

“Our position was these children are born in America. They’re citizens,” McNicholas said, adding that Dong plans to appeal the verdict. “Implicitly, he’s saying being born here is not enough.”

The broader issue of birthright citizenship remains contentious, particularly as political debates intensify around immigration and citizenship policies. For individuals like Dong, the intersection of legal and ethical considerations continues to spark discussions on the implications of birth tourism and the responsibilities of those involved.

Madison Keys Stuns Aryna Sabalenka to Clinch Maiden Grand Slam Title

Madison Keys etched her name in tennis history on Saturday by claiming her first Grand Slam title at the Australian Open. The 29-year-old American defeated two-time defending champion and world No. 1 Aryna Sabalenka in a nail-biting final, triumphing 6-3, 2-6, 7-5.

Keys began the match with remarkable precision, showcasing impeccable serving, aggressive returns, and groundstrokes that matched Sabalenka’s famed power. Her outstanding play enabled her to claim the first set decisively. “Everything seemed to click,” remarked a commentator on Keys’ performance during the opening set, as she dominated from the baseline and kept Sabalenka on the defensive.

However, Sabalenka, renowned as the most dominant hard-court player in the women’s game, fought back in the second set. The Belarusian rediscovered her rhythm, and Keys, who had been fluid and composed, began to falter. Unforced errors crept into her game, and Sabalenka capitalized, breaking Keys twice to level the match.

This was not the first time Keys found herself on the cusp of Grand Slam glory. She previously reached the 2017 US Open final and four major semifinals. Yet, those moments had slipped through her grasp, including a heartbreaking loss to Sabalenka in the 2023 US Open semifinal after holding a commanding lead. This time, however, Keys refused to let history repeat itself.

The final set saw both players battling fiercely, with neither willing to give an inch. Keys, undeterred by her opponent’s resilience, served brilliantly in her opening games of the third set, matching Sabalenka stride for stride. The scores remained level at 5-5, with the tension mounting. Not since 2012 had a women’s Grand Slam final been this closely contested in the decisive set.

“I have wanted this for so long,” Keys said in her emotional on-court interview. “I didn’t know if I’d ever get back to this position to try for a trophy again. My team believed in me every step of the way, so thank you so much.” Reflecting on her challenging journey, she added, “Last year was tough with injuries, and I didn’t know if I’d ever be able to do this again. To be here, holding this trophy, with my husband by my side—I love you all so much.”

The turning point came when Keys, serving at 5-5, produced two stunning forehand winners to hold serve. Building on that momentum, she broke Sabalenka’s serve in the next game with another winner, sealing a dramatic 7-5 victory. She celebrated by raising her arms in triumph before embracing her team, including her coach and husband, Bjorn Fratangelo.

Sabalenka, seeking to become the first woman in 26 years to win three consecutive Australian Open titles, was visibly frustrated. She smashed her racket in anger before graciously congratulating Keys and joking with her team during the trophy ceremony. “Madison was incredible, and I couldn’t do anything in this match,” Sabalenka admitted. “Next time I play her, I’ll bring better tennis.” Despite her disappointment, she added humor to the moment, joking with her team, “I really hate you guys right now, but thank you for everything.”

Keys’ journey to the title was nothing short of extraordinary. On her way to the final, she defeated higher-ranked players, including Elena Rybakina, Danielle Collins, and world No. 2 Iga Świątek. Her win over Świątek made her the first woman since Serena Williams in 2005 to beat both the world No. 1 and No. 2 seeds at the Australian Open.

Keys started the final with unmatched intensity, racing to a 5-1 lead in the opening set. Sabalenka appeared unsettled, committing two double faults and losing her serve early. Keys, on the other hand, was nearly flawless, missing just three first serves and hitting her targets with precision. Even seemingly difficult shots, such as a backhand slice that appeared destined for the net, found their mark, leaving Sabalenka stranded and visibly frustrated.

After wrapping up the first set 6-3, Sabalenka left the court to regroup and returned with renewed focus. Her serve became more consistent, giving her a foothold in the second set. Meanwhile, Keys struggled to maintain her earlier form, hitting as many unforced errors in the first four games of the second set as she had in the entire first set. Sabalenka capitalized on these mistakes, taking control to level the match.

The third set saw a return to form for Keys, who served first and set the tone with a dominant hold. Both players fought tooth and nail, exchanging powerful rallies and holding serve until 5-5. Just when it seemed a tiebreak was inevitable, Keys found an extra gear, holding serve at 6-5 and breaking Sabalenka to clinch the championship.

A former tennis prodigy, Keys had long been considered a future Grand Slam champion. However, injuries and near-misses had delayed her breakthrough. The disappointment of losing the 2017 US Open final to Sloane Stephens in straight sets, followed by her collapse against Sabalenka in the 2023 US Open semifinal, only added to the pressure. Saturday’s victory was a moment of redemption, silencing doubts about her ability to win on the biggest stage.

“Something felt different this year,” Keys explained. “I’ve worked so hard, and to come through such a tough draw and play my best tennis in the final means the world to me.”

The victory was a testament to her resilience and determination. Keys’ journey through the Australian Open featured some of the most impressive performances of her career, marked by her ability to rise to the occasion against top-ranked opponents.

Meanwhile, Sabalenka remained gracious in defeat. Despite her frustration, she commended Keys for her exceptional performance and vowed to come back stronger. “Sending love to my team—I love you even though we lost,” she said, acknowledging their support throughout the tournament.

Madison Keys’ triumph at the Australian Open marks a new chapter in her career, one that seemed destined but often out of reach. Her victory not only cements her status among the elite of women’s tennis but also serves as an inspiration for perseverance and belief in one’s abilities. For Keys, the long-awaited Grand Slam title is a dream fulfilled and a moment she will cherish forever.

Indian Parents Denied Entry to the U.S. Amid Heightened Immigration Crackdown

The parents of an Indian couple living in the United States were denied entry at Newark Airport, sparking concerns among the Indian community as Donald Trump’s strict immigration policies took effect. This incident highlights the growing unease among Indians residing in the U.S. under the administration’s tightened immigration regulations.

Reports reveal that the parents were turned back at Newark Airport due to their lack of a return ticket, which was deemed necessary for their entry into the country. Although they had plans to stay with their children for five months, U.S. authorities enforced the rule, ultimately sending the couple back to India.

A Growing Crackdown on Immigration

This development comes as part of Donald Trump’s broader crackdown on illegal immigration, a key promise during his presidential campaign. Upon assuming his second term, Trump initiated a series of executive orders aimed at revamping U.S. entry policies and curbing undocumented immigration.

Trump’s administration has faced criticism and support in equal measure for its aggressive stance on immigration enforcement. A News9 report indicated that in an attempt to avoid tensions with the U.S., India had expressed readiness to repatriate 18,000 illegal Indian immigrants residing in America.

Broader Implications for the Indian Community

The crackdown has left a ripple effect on the Indian community in the United States. Many Indians, particularly those with undocumented status or precarious visa conditions, are now taking drastic steps to avoid drawing attention to themselves.

Among those most affected are Indian students on F-1 visas, which allow limited employment of up to 20 hours per week. These part-time jobs are often crucial for managing daily expenses. However, mounting fears of deportation have driven many students to abandon their employment.

Similarly, Indians holding H1-B visas, a popular work visa category, are increasingly anxious about the impact of evolving immigration policies. This visa program, which is frequently used by highly skilled professionals, has not been immune to Trump’s push for stringent immigration reforms, intensifying uncertainty among its holders.

Mass Deportations: A New Reality

In a move emblematic of the administration’s strict immigration agenda, over 500 immigrants were apprehended in a single day, with hundreds deported shortly thereafter. White House Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt announced that Thursday’s operations resulted in the arrest of 538 individuals identified as “illegal immigrant criminals.” She added that “hundreds” of these detainees were deported using military aircraft.

“The largest massive deportation operation in history is well underway,” Leavitt proclaimed in a statement on the social media platform X. Her words reflect the administration’s resolve to intensify efforts to remove undocumented individuals from the country.

Panic and Uncertainty

The policies and their enforcement have generated widespread panic among the Indian diaspora in the United States. Many families, students, and workers are grappling with uncertainty as they navigate the tightened restrictions. The fear of deportation and the associated ramifications on personal and professional lives have left many Indians questioning their future in the country.

The parents’ denial of entry at Newark Airport serves as a stark reminder of the administration’s unwavering commitment to its immigration policies. It underscores the importance of adhering strictly to entry requirements, even for those visiting family members. As the crackdown continues, the Indian community in the United States faces an increasingly challenging environment.

Elon Musk Announces Starlink’s Direct-to-Cell Satellite Service Beta Testing

Elon Musk, the CEO of SpaceX, has revealed that Starlink’s Direct-to-Cell satellite service is set to commence its beta testing phase on January 27. This announcement, shared on X (formerly known as Twitter), signifies a significant leap toward achieving global mobile connectivity without depending on traditional ground-based cell towers. Musk confirmed the development in a response to a post on X by Mario Nawfal, the founder of IBC Group, who had shared details about the upcoming service.

“Starlink direct from satellite to cell phone Internet connection starts beta test in 3 days,” Musk posted on X.

What is Direct-to-Cell Satellite Service?

This innovative technology allows mobile phones to establish a direct connection to satellites, effectively bypassing conventional cellular infrastructure. Such a breakthrough could revolutionize communications by enabling users to send messages, make calls, and access the internet from anywhere, including remote or isolated regions lacking conventional cell tower coverage. Nawfal described the service as akin to having “cell towers in space,” with the potential to eliminate connectivity dead zones and drastically improve mobile communication capabilities.

One of the most impressive aspects of this service is its compatibility with existing mobile devices. Users will not need to invest in new phones or additional hardware, ensuring seamless integration into current setups.

Addressing Connectivity Challenges

The beta phase marks a critical step for SpaceX in expanding Starlink’s offerings. Should it prove successful, the service could profoundly impact people in regions with inadequate or no cellular coverage. Additionally, in emergencies where traditional networks often fail, the Direct-to-Cell service could provide an essential lifeline for communication.

Starlink’s initiative aims to tackle the persistent challenge of limited connectivity in rural and hard-to-reach areas. By enabling broader access, the service could bridge the digital divide and empower communities previously left without reliable communication tools.

Promising Advancements

As part of this rollout, next-generation Starlink satellites are expected to enhance connectivity speeds, potentially reaching impressive rates exceeding 2Gbps. This marks a major advancement in global telecommunications, further solidifying SpaceX’s position as a pioneer in satellite-based communication technologies.

SpaceX is leveraging its extensive expertise in manufacturing advanced rockets and spacecraft to deploy Starlink satellites equipped with Direct-to-Cell capabilities. Initially, these satellites are being launched using the company’s reliable Falcon 9 rocket, followed by deployment via its next-generation Starship. Once in orbit, the satellites utilize laser backhaul to connect to the broader Starlink constellation, enabling robust global connectivity.

The introduction of this groundbreaking service could transform the telecommunications landscape, making reliable and fast communication accessible in areas where it was previously unattainable. As beta testing begins, all eyes will be on SpaceX to see how this revolutionary technology performs and what it could mean for the future of mobile connectivity worldwide.

Air India’s Milestones: Five Years of Transformation and Innovation

Air India has marked significant achievements during its ongoing five-year transformation, highlighting advancements in passenger experience and service innovation.

One of the most notable updates is the introduction of onboard Wi-Fi services. This newly launched connectivity option allows passengers to browse the internet on domestic and international flights operated by Airbus A350, Boeing 787-9 Dreamliner, and select Airbus A321neo aircraft. The feature represents a step forward in enhancing inflight connectivity for travelers.

The airline has also upgraded its inflight entertainment (IFE) offerings through its Vista Stream system, which is available on a range of widebody and narrowbody aircraft. This system enables passengers to enjoy entertainment options on devices running iOS, Android, Windows, or macOS. However, the service is not yet available on the newly inducted Boeing 777 and Airbus A350 planes.

Premium Economy, another major feature of Air India’s service enhancements, is now available on more than 80 aircraft flying domestic and international routes. This upgraded cabin class includes extra legroom, refined meal options, and priority ground services, catering to passengers seeking a more comfortable travel experience. Additionally, refurbishment efforts have begun on 27 Airbus A320 aircraft, with completion expected by mid-2025.

To elevate the onboard experience further, the airline has introduced luxurious amenity kits tailored to different travel classes. First-class passengers will receive a Ferragamo skincare kit, which includes items like Eau de Parfum, body lotion, hand cream, and other comfort essentials. Business-class flyers will receive a similar set, minus the Eau de Parfum, while Premium Economy passengers are offered a selection featuring Swedish brand Verso lip balm, socks, and an eye mask.

Air India has also set a precedent as the first Indian airline to operate an Airbus A350. These aircraft currently serve routes connecting Delhi with destinations such as London Heathrow, New York’s JFK, and Newark (EWR).

Through these milestones, Air India continues to redefine its brand while offering passengers an upgraded travel experience across various facets of its service.

Researchers Explore the Hidden Histories of Submerged Civilizations in North and Baltic Seas

Between 8,000 and 6,000 BCE, the areas now known as the North and Baltic Seas were not submerged bodies of water but expansive plains that hosted ancient human civilizations. These thriving communities faced a dramatic transformation as the Ice Age ended, with rising sea levels submerging these low-lying regions and erasing much of their existence—though not entirely.

An ambitious research collaboration called SUBNORDICA aims to delve into these forgotten worlds. This partnership includes the University of Bradford’s Submerged Landscapes Research Centre in the U.K., the TNO Geological Survey of the Netherlands, Flanders Marine Institute, and the University of York. One focal point of their research is Doggerland, an area believed to have flourished in the North Sea region approximately 8,200 years ago.

“Twenty-thousand years ago, the global sea level was 130 metres lower than at present. With progressive global warming and sea-level rise, unique landscapes, home to human societies for millennia, disappeared,” explained Vincent Gaffney, leader of the Submerged Landscapes Research Centre, in a press statement. “We know almost nothing about the people who lived on these great plains. As Europe and the world approaches net zero, development of the coastal shelves is now a strategic priority. SUBNORDICA will use the latest technologies to explore these lands and support sustainable development.”

The tools and methods planned for this investigation include cutting-edge seabed mapping, computer simulations of lost settlements, and artificial intelligence (AI) technologies. Additional methods such as seismic and acoustic surveys and borehole analysis will also be employed. Earlier this year, the University of Bradford revealed plans to analyze data from magnetometer surveys, initially gathered for environmental assessments related to future green energy projects. Researchers noted that magnetic fields could help pinpoint specific features, such as “peat-forming areas…or where erosion has occurred, for example in river channels.”

Time is a critical factor in this exploration. Thousands of years ago, sea levels were significantly lower, leaving 7.7 million square miles of land above water. Of this, about 1.16 million square miles bordered Europe’s present-day coastline. These lands provided prime locations for prehistoric settlements, offering a wealth of natural resources and fertile landscapes.

Today, much of this area comprises the coastal shelf being developed for offshore wind farms as part of global efforts to combat climate change. While these green energy initiatives are essential, they pose a challenge to scientific research, as the infrastructure could limit access to these underwater sites. Projects like SUBNORDICA are racing against time to uncover the secrets of these submerged civilizations before the opportunity is lost.

“SUBNORDICA will investigate the significance of ancient coastlines and its resources for humans. Through diving surveys in Aarhus Bay [in Denmark], we will determine how widespread coastal settlements were compared to those in the interior and determine how marine resources were exploited 9000 to 8500 years ago,” said Peter Moe Astrup, an underwater archaeologist at Denmark’s Moesgaard Museum, in a press statement. “This knowledge will then be used to target archaeological investigations in less accessible areas.”

For the nations bordering the North Sea, the battle against rising waters is a longstanding challenge. The modern fight against climate change mirrors the struggles faced by prehistoric communities who also experienced rising temperatures that ultimately doomed their civilizations. Scientists hope that studying these ancient societies will provide valuable insights into how early humans adapted—or failed to adapt—to environmental changes.

By uncovering the stories of these submerged landscapes, researchers aim to bridge the gap between past and present, contributing to both scientific knowledge and sustainable development efforts. Through SUBNORDICA, the echoes of ancient civilizations that once thrived on these plains may finally come to light.

Pope Francis Appoints George Jacob Koovakad as Head of Interreligious Dialogue Office

Pope Francis has selected George Jacob Koovakad, a trusted Vatican diplomat and his personal travel coordinator, to head the Dicastery for Interreligious Dialogue. This decision comes after the passing of Cardinal Miguel Ángel Ayuso Guixot, who previously led the department and passed away on November 25, 2024, at the age of 72 following a prolonged illness. Ayuso, a Spanish prelate, was widely regarded as an authority on Islam.

Koovakad, a 51-year-old originally from Kerala in southern India, was appointed as a cardinal by Pope Francis in December 2024. Prior to his elevation, he had served as the Vatican’s coordinator for papal travels since late 2021. His role involved arranging the Pope’s international trips as part of the Secretariat of State’s general affairs section. Along with his diplomatic experience, Koovakad holds a doctorate in canon law, highlighting his academic credentials in Church governance and law.

Having served in the Holy See’s diplomatic corps for 14 years, Koovakad is also a member of the Syro-Malabar Church, one of the Eastern-rite Churches of the Catholic faith. His appointment as a cardinal was historic, marking him as the first Syro-Malabar priest to be elevated directly from the priesthood, as noted by a spokesperson for the Church.

The Dicastery for Interreligious Dialogue, which Koovakad now leads, was established during the Second Vatican Council to formalize the Catholic Church’s approach to fostering relationships with other religions. This shift was outlined in the Council’s declaration Nostra Aetate.

Pope Francis has consistently emphasized interreligious dialogue as a cornerstone of his papacy. This commitment has been evident in his numerous visits to countries with non-Christian majorities and his involvement in initiatives promoting interfaith understanding. A significant milestone in this effort was the signing of the “Document on Human Fraternity for World Peace and Living Together” in Abu Dhabi in 2019, which underscored the Pope’s vision for unity across religions.

Koovakad has played a pivotal role in organizing many of these interfaith-focused journeys. His contributions include coordinating the Pope’s trips to Kazakhstan and Bahrain in 2022, Mongolia in 2023, and more recently to Indonesia, Papua New Guinea, East Timor, and Singapore in September 2024. These visits underscored Pope Francis’ commitment to building bridges between the Catholic Church and diverse religious communities around the globe.

Koovakad’s new role at the Dicastery positions him as a key figure in continuing and expanding these efforts.

Greece Emerges as a Leading Winter Tourism Destination in Europe

European travelers are increasingly exploring winter tourism, not only in greater numbers but also with a preference for premium experiences. Greece is seizing this opportunity to establish itself as a prime choice for winter getaways, appealing to those seeking unique offerings at lower costs compared to summer vacations.

Greece’s Growing Appeal for Winter Travel

Greece is becoming a top choice for Europeans seeking winter escapes. The country offers a combination of mild weather, vibrant city-break options, breathtaking landscapes, and rich cultural experiences. This rising popularity is evident in the 16.4% rise in airline seats scheduled for Greece during the 2024-2025 winter season, reaching 5.6 million seats, as per Airdata Tracker by INSETE.

Demand has spiked particularly in March (+21.9%), February (+17.4%), and January (+16.7%). Travelers from France (+28%), the Netherlands (+20%), the USA (+10.5%), the UK (+7.7%), Germany (+6%), and Italy (+4%) are leading this trend.

Athens and Thessaloniki, the country’s top city-break destinations, have seen notable growth in popularity. Scheduled airline seats for Athens have risen by over 17%, while Thessaloniki has experienced a 14.6% increase. Athens, in particular, is witnessing exceptional growth in international passenger traffic, with year-over-year gains of +11.3% in October, +15.7% in November, and +18.1% in December 2024.

Santorini, renowned for its romantic charm, is also becoming a preferred winter spot, especially among couples, as highlighted by AI-powered travel planning platform Speakspots.com. Greece is now the third most sought-after winter destination for travelers seeking nature-centric vacations, cementing its position as an emerging favorite for off-season tourism.

Cost Benefits of Winter Travel

The financial appeal of winter vacations is another significant draw. Research indicates that winter travelers spend approximately €320 daily, with a typical weekend getaway (lasting 2.8 days) costing around €775 per person—€121 less than a similar summer trip. On average, accommodation costs €150 per night, with expenses on food and activities estimated at €97 and €72 per day, respectively.

Winter Travel Trends Across Europe

Germany:

German travelers, especially the younger demographic, are increasing their expenditure on winter travel. A Simon-Kucher & Partners study found that 31% of Germans plan to allocate more funds to winter vacations, with Generation Z leading this trend (+4.6%). Their preferences lean towards extended trips and far-off destinations, with 22% favoring distant locales and 20% opting for luxury experiences. Interestingly, many Germans prefer high-end short-term rentals over hotels, sharing accommodation expenses with companions.

United Kingdom:

Winter holidays are popular among British travelers, who view them as a way to escape the cold (18%) and unwind after the Christmas season (18%), according to a YouGov survey. Key factors influencing their choice of destination include affordability (64%), favorable weather (45%), direct flights (45%), and distinctive activities or experiences (24%). Popular preferences among Brits include sunny beaches (25%), cultural explorations (16%), and urban adventures (15%).

Greece’s Commitment to Sustainable Mountain Tourism

To broaden its winter offerings, Greece is focusing on sustainable mountain tourism through substantial investments. The Greek Ministry of Tourism has launched a €50 million project to modernize ski resorts like 3-5 Pigadia, Anilio-Metsovo, Parnassos, Seli, and Karpenisi using funds from the Recovery Fund. Additionally, €5.5 million is being allocated to promote mountain tourism via a dedicated digital platform and to upgrade mountain refuge infrastructure.

New legislation aims to transform ski resorts into year-round tourist destinations by facilitating activities beyond skiing. This includes creating mountain lodges and other accommodations while maintaining environmental protection standards.

Significant Investments in Winter Tourism

A standout development in Greece’s winter tourism sector is the planned Elatos Resort on Mount Parnassos. This ultra-luxury project, supported by a €30 million investment from the Lampsa group, is expected to be a key addition to Greece’s winter tourism landscape. Managed by Accor for 25 years, the resort is scheduled to open in late 2026. It will function as a wellness mountain retreat, aiming to compete with Europe’s premier alpine resorts.

Conclusion

Through strategic investments and leveraging its natural and cultural assets, Greece is rapidly emerging as a strong contender in Europe’s winter tourism market. By offering affordable travel options, enriching experiences, and improved infrastructure, the country is set to attract a diverse array of travelers eager to explore its off-season charm.

Study Reveals Hidden Vessel Activity and Urgent Need for Maritime Transparency

A recent study by Global Fishing Watch has revealed an enormous amount of previously untracked vessel activity at sea, underscoring the hidden dynamics of the world’s oceans. Spanning over 70% of the Earth’s surface, the ocean is vital to global trade, food supplies, and energy production. Yet much of its activity remains shrouded in mystery.

Using satellite imagery, vessel GPS data, and artificial intelligence, researchers have mapped industrial vessel movements and offshore energy infrastructure in unprecedented detail. Their findings expose significant gaps in public tracking systems, raising concerns about maritime transparency, environmental sustainability, and global security.

The Shadowy World of Dark Vessels

For years, governments and maritime organizations have depended on the Automatic Identification System (AIS) to track vessel movements. While AIS provides a valuable tool for monitoring registered ships, it has notable limitations.

Many countries do not mandate its use, and vessels engaging in illegal fishing, smuggling, or other illicit activities often disable their transponders to avoid detection. The study found that 72% to 76% of the world’s industrial fishing vessels remain untracked, revealing the scale of hidden fishing operations. Furthermore, 21% to 30% of transport and energy vessel activity also goes unmonitored, highlighting the extent of undisclosed industrial use of the ocean.

Regions of Concern

The study identified South Asia, Southeast Asia, and the northern and western coasts of Africa as areas with the most untracked activity. These regions, rich in marine biodiversity, are plagued by illegal fishing, overexploitation, and environmental degradation.

Without reliable tracking, it becomes increasingly difficult for governments and conservationists to enforce regulations, protect marine ecosystems, and monitor maritime security. Over a billion people rely on the ocean as their primary food source, and 260 million are employed by global marine fisheries. With 80% of global goods transported via ocean routes and nearly 30% of oil production occurring offshore, the lack of effective tracking allows illegal activities, including forced labor and human trafficking, to persist unchecked.

AI and Satellite Technology to the Rescue

To address the shortcomings of AIS, researchers utilized artificial intelligence and satellite imagery. By analyzing two petabytes of data from the European Space Agency’s Sentinel-1 satellites, deep learning models accurately detected and classified vessels.

Three deep convolutional neural networks were developed and trained to process satellite imagery and GPS data. These models achieved remarkable accuracy: over 97% for object detection, 98% for identifying offshore infrastructure, and 90% for distinguishing fishing vessels from other types.

Unveiling Hidden Vessel Activity

The dataset for this study was extensive, incorporating 67 million image tiles and 53 billion AIS positions. The high-resolution radar images enabled researchers to track industrial fishing vessels, tankers, and offshore infrastructure with clarity.

“Our satellite mapping revealed high densities of vessel activity in large areas of the ocean that previously showed little to no vessel activity by public tracking systems,” the researchers stated.

These revelations have transformed our understanding of global maritime activity. This advanced tracking system can help pinpoint illegal fishing hotspots, identify human rights violations, and enhance the enforcement of marine protected areas (MPAs).

Offshore Energy: Wind vs. Oil

Beyond vessel movements, the study also highlighted the rapid expansion of offshore energy infrastructure. By 2021, offshore wind turbines outnumbered oil platforms, signifying a shift toward renewable energy. Wind energy accounted for 48% of offshore structures, while oil installations represented 38%.

Despite this progress, oil-related vessel traffic remains dominant, with oil platforms generating five times more vessel activity than wind farms. While the transition to renewable energy is underway, oil continues to play a significant role in maritime operations.

Energy Infrastructure Growth

The study revealed that offshore wind farms are concentrated in northern Europe (52%) and China (45%), with China experiencing a 900% increase in offshore wind turbines between 2017 and 2021. Offshore oil platforms, meanwhile, are primarily located in the Gulf of Mexico, the Persian Gulf, and Southeast Asia, with the United States, Saudi Arabia, and Indonesia leading in installations.

The interaction between these energy infrastructures and existing maritime industries is complex. For example, trawlers avoid fishing within one kilometer of oil platforms to prevent net entanglement. However, other fishing activities increase near these structures, which often act as artificial reefs, attracting marine life.

Revolutionizing Maritime Surveillance

New AI-driven technologies promise to revolutionize real-time ship detection. The Rapid Earth Monitoring Information System (REMIS), developed in partnership with ESA and other organizations, offers real-time vessel tracking capabilities.

Traditional satellite monitoring involves lengthy processes of downlinking and analyzing data, often taking days. By the time authorities receive the information, dark vessels may have moved on. REMIS addresses this issue by pre-filtering images in space and prioritizing those containing ships.

“If we can already identify ships onboard and potentially even combine it with AI systems, we could mark dark vessels and prioritize the scenes containing ships or their locations,” said Maris Tali, a technical officer involved in the project.

This technology will prove invaluable for combating illegal fishing, preventing ship collisions, and managing maritime traffic during emergencies.

The Pandemic’s Impact on Fishing Activity

The study also examined how COVID-19 influenced maritime activity. Global fishing activity decreased by 12% in 2020 and has not returned to pre-pandemic levels. However, transport and energy-related vessel activity remained steady during the same period.

This decline in fishing is part of a broader trend. Since the 1980s, global marine fish catches have stagnated as many fisheries have reached sustainable limits. Meanwhile, offshore energy and maritime trade continue to grow, reshaping human interactions with the ocean.

Call for Greater Transparency

The findings underscore the urgent need for increased transparency in maritime activity. With three-quarters of industrial fishing operations hidden from public tracking, stricter regulations and better enforcement are essential.

AI-powered satellite monitoring and systems like REMIS offer powerful tools to combat illegal fishing and improve ocean governance. As human activity in the ocean expands, accountability, sustainability, and international cooperation are crucial.

By shedding light on the shadowy activities in the ocean, this study marks a significant step toward a more transparent and sustainable future.

Chef Vikas Khanna’s Inspirational Journey: Overcoming Challenges with Determination

Chef Vikas Khanna’s life story is a powerful testament to resilience and determination. Despite facing significant challenges early in life, Khanna has risen to global prominence as one of the world’s most celebrated chefs.

In an interview with CBS News, Khanna shared insights into his childhood struggles, stating, “I was born with a disability which is known as clubfoot. So, it means that your feet are inclined inward.” This condition, which impaired his ability to walk properly, led many to doubt his potential. Reflecting on those early doubts, Khanna said, “People said, ‘he can’t even walk properly, how is he ever going to run and make it in life?’ My mom said, ‘Don’t worry about him, he’s here to fly.’ I think it was her faith in me which kept me moving and walking forward, there was no other reason for me (sic).”

His family’s unwavering support played a crucial role in his journey. Khanna particularly credited his sister for shielding him during his school years. “My sister became like the warrior. In school nobody would dare to bully me, but it was amazing that it was all the pain, what I had, for not being equal to everyone else… I put that energy into cooking with my grandmom, just to help her.” This early involvement in the kitchen sowed the seeds for his future career.

Despite the physical and emotional challenges associated with clubfoot, Khanna defied expectations and emerged as a symbol of perseverance. His story is a poignant reminder of how determination and a strong support system can help overcome seemingly insurmountable obstacles.

Understanding Clubfoot and Its Impact

Clubfoot, or congenital talipes equinovarus (CTEV), is a congenital condition that affects approximately 1 in 1,000 live births worldwide. Dr. Narayan Swamy, director and pediatrician at Athreya Hospital, explained to indianexpress.com that this deformity causes the foot to twist inward and downward. “Early treatment is critical to correct the deformity and ensure normal mobility,” he emphasized.

The condition can pose significant challenges for children if left untreated, including difficulties with walking, pain, and social stigma. However, advancements in medical science have made it possible to address clubfoot effectively, ensuring better outcomes for affected individuals.

Treatment Options for Clubfoot

There are several treatment approaches available for children born with clubfoot, ranging from non-surgical methods to surgical interventions. Dr. Swamy outlined the primary treatment options:

Ponseti Method

The Ponseti Method is widely regarded as the most effective non-surgical treatment for clubfoot. It involves gentle manipulation of the foot, followed by the application of a series of casts to gradually reposition it. Once the desired alignment is achieved, a minor surgical procedure called tenotomy is often performed to lengthen the Achilles tendon. Braces are then used to maintain the correction.

French Functional Method

Another non-surgical option, the French Functional Method, focuses on daily stretching, mobilization, and taping of the foot. This approach requires significant parental involvement and frequent physiotherapy sessions, but it has proven to be an effective treatment.

Surgical Interventions

In severe or neglected cases, surgery may be necessary to correct the deformity. Surgical procedures can include soft tissue release, tendon transfers, or bone realignment. While surgery is effective in achieving correction, it carries potential long-term risks such as stiffness and arthritis.

The Importance of Early Interventions

Timely treatment of clubfoot can significantly improve a child’s physical and psychological development. Dr. Swamy elaborated on the benefits of early intervention:

Physical Development

Addressing clubfoot at an early stage enables children to develop normal walking patterns, participate in physical activities, and build muscle strength. Conversely, delayed treatment can lead to limping, pain, and restricted mobility.

Psychological Development

Physical disabilities in childhood can impact a child’s self-esteem and social interactions. Early correction of clubfoot helps children gain confidence and reduces the likelihood of social stigma. Research indicates that children treated early for clubfoot often adapt seamlessly into society.

Parental Support

Timely treatment also alleviates the emotional burden on parents. Knowing their child is receiving proper care fosters a supportive environment that promotes the child’s growth and overall well-being.

A Story of Triumph

Vikas Khanna’s success exemplifies how early interventions and a nurturing support system can transform lives. His journey from a child facing physical and social challenges to an internationally renowned chef underscores the importance of determination, family support, and medical advancements in overcoming adversity.

Khanna’s story continues to inspire countless individuals, proving that even in the face of significant challenges, success is achievable with perseverance and faith.

YRF Spy Universe: Bollywood’s Highest-Grossing Film Franchise

In recent years, India’s film industry has been captivated by the success of major franchises such as Pushpa, Baahubali, and KGF. However, one Bollywood cinematic universe has quietly climbed to the apex of box office success, propelled by its association with three of Bollywood’s biggest stars—Shah Rukh Khan, Salman Khan, and Hrithik Roshan.

This universe, Yash Raj Films’ (YRF) Spy Universe, now holds the title of India’s highest-grossing film franchise, having accumulated an astounding ₹2,900 crore in global box office earnings.

The Films of the YRF Spy Universe

The YRF Spy Universe currently comprises five films:

  • Three Tiger series movies (Ek Tha Tiger, Tiger Zinda Hai, and Tiger 3) starring Salman Khan.
  • Hrithik Roshan’s action-packed War.
  • Shah Rukh Khan’s blockbuster Pathaan.

Box Office Performance of Each Film

The franchise’s financial success is evenly distributed among its films. The Tiger series alone has contributed ₹1,366 crore to its global earnings. Shah Rukh Khan’s Pathaanemerged as a massive hit, bringing in ₹1,050 crore worldwide. Meanwhile, Hrithik Roshan’s War added ₹475 crore to the tally. Together, these films have propelled the total earnings of the YRF Spy Universe to ₹2,900 crore globally, as reported by Hindustan Times.

Origins of the YRF Spy Universe

The YRF Spy Universe was the brainchild of Aditya Chopra, who envisioned a franchise centered around Indian super spies. The journey began in 2012 with the release of Ek Tha Tiger, followed by Tiger Zinda Hai and War. Initially, these films were standalone projects with shared themes but no explicit connection.

The idea of a cohesive universe took shape during the pandemic, eventually leading to Pathaan in 2023, which marked the official unification of the franchise. The film introduced crossovers and cameos, cementing the foundation of the YRF Spy Universe. Later in 2023, Tiger 3 expanded the narrative further.

Comparing the YRF Spy Universe with Other Franchises

Before the YRF Spy Universe took center stage, Baahubali held the record as India’s highest-grossing franchise, earning over ₹2,300 crore from just two films. The Pushpa series joined this elite club with ₹2,000 crore from two installments, while KGF brought in ₹1,500 crore. Rohit Shetty’s Cop Universe, which amassed ₹1,430 crore, was previously the only franchise in the top five to include more than two films.

What sets the YRF Spy Universe apart is its innovative strategy of creating standalone films that interconnect to form a larger, cohesive narrative, rather than relying solely on sequels.

Future Prospects for the YRF Spy Universe

The YRF Spy Universe shows no signs of slowing down and is on track to surpass the ₹3,000-crore and ₹4,000-crore benchmarks. Two major releases are slated for this year.

First, War 2 is set to release in October, featuring Hrithik Roshan reprising his role as Kabir. This time, he faces off against Jr NTR, a move designed to tap into a pan-India audience. The film is widely anticipated to dominate the box office.

Following this, the franchise is set to break new ground with its first female-led installment, Alpha, slated for release on December 25. Starring Alia Bhatt and Sharvari, this marks a bold and exciting chapter for the YRF Spy Universe.

With such ambitious projects and its history of box office triumphs, the YRF Spy Universe seems poised to further solidify its dominance in the Indian cinematic landscape. As the franchise continues to grow, the question remains: just how high can this Bollywood espionage empire soar?

Trump’s Inspector General Firings Ignite Controversy

President Donald Trump dismissed inspectors general (IGs) from over a dozen federal agencies in a late-night shake-up on Friday, a move paving the way for him to appoint his own candidates to these key oversight roles. According to a Trump administration official, the firings targeted independent watchdogs at agencies including the Departments of State, Energy, Defense, Transportation, and the Interior.

Inspectors general were informed of their termination via an email from Sergio Gor, head of the White House Office of Presidential Personnel, citing “changing priorities” as the reason for their removal. These dismissals immediately sparked bipartisan concerns over the independence and effectiveness of government oversight mechanisms.

Inspectors general play a critical role in maintaining government transparency. They are tasked with investigating allegations of fraud, abuse, and misconduct within federal agencies and providing independent recommendations to ensure accountability. These positions are designed to operate autonomously to avoid political interference.

This is not the first time Trump has clashed with government watchdogs. During his first term, he removed several IGs he deemed disloyal to his administration. The recent firings have raised questions about the motivations behind these actions and whether they comply with federal law.

Legal Concerns Over Firings

In 2022, Congress enacted a law requiring the White House to provide a clear and substantive rationale for the removal of inspectors general. Moreover, federal law mandates a 30-day notice to Congress before such dismissals take effect. Some senators, including prominent Republicans, criticized the administration for failing to adhere to these legal requirements.

Senate Judiciary Chairman Chuck Grassley, known for his advocacy of government watchdogs, expressed his concerns, stating, “There may be good reason the IGs were fired. We need to know that if so. I’d like further explanation from President Trump. Regardless, the 30-day detailed notice of removal that the law demands was not provided to Congress.”

Trump’s Justification

Speaking aboard Air Force One on Saturday, Trump defended his decision, claiming, “I did it because it’s a very common thing to do.” While asserting that not all IGs were dismissed, he added, “I don’t know them, but some people thought that some were unfair or were not doing the job. It’s a very standard thing to do.” However, his explanation lacked evidence or specific examples of misconduct.

Historically, such sweeping removals of IGs during a presidential transition have been rare. A Congressional Research Service report noted that the last comparable instance occurred in 1981 when President Ronald Reagan controversially dismissed all inspectors general following his inauguration. Since then, it has been customary for IGs to remain in their roles during transitions to ensure continuity and independence.

Reactions From Lawmakers

The firings drew swift criticism from lawmakers across the political spectrum. Republican Senator Lisa Murkowski of Alaska described the action as “relatively unprecedented” due to the lack of prior notice. She remarked, “I can understand why a new president coming in would want to look critically at the IGs and the role that they have played within the various agencies, but … the summary dismissal of everybody, I think, has raised concerns.”

Senator Susan Collins of Maine echoed these sentiments, questioning how the dismissals aligned with Trump’s stated commitment to combating corruption. “I don’t understand why one would fire individuals whose mission is to root out waste, fraud, and abuse. So this leaves a gap in what I know is a priority for President Trump,” Collins said.

Other Republican senators, including Majority Leader John Thune of South Dakota, voiced frustration over the lack of communication from the White House. Thune commented, “I haven’t [received notice], so I better reserve comment. I’m sure I will.”

Democratic lawmakers were far more critical, with Senate Minority Leader Chuck Schumer denouncing the firings as “a chilling purge” that could signal “a golden age for abuse in government, and even corruption.”

Defense of IGs’ Independence

Hannibal “Mike” Ware, the former inspector general of the Small Business Administration and one of those dismissed, emphasized the importance of maintaining the nonpartisan nature of IG roles. “IGs across the Federal government work every day on behalf of American taxpayers to combat waste, fraud, and abuse in the programs and operations of their agencies,” Ware said. He acknowledged that IGs are not immune to removal but stressed that dismissals must follow established legal protocols to preserve the integrity of government oversight.

The chair of the Council of the Inspectors General on Integrity and Efficiency also issued a statement underscoring the importance of adhering to the law in such decisions. “IGs are not immune from removal. However, the law must be followed to protect independent government oversight for America,” the statement read.

Broader Implications

The abrupt firings have left a cloud of uncertainty over the affected agencies. Senator Mike Rounds of South Dakota suggested that more information was needed to assess the rationale behind the dismissals. “I honestly would just be guessing at this point as to what it actually entails,” Rounds said. “Are there deputies that step in? Was it specific to individuals? I just simply don’t have that information.”

Lawmakers are now calling for the administration to provide detailed explanations for the removals. The lack of clarity has led to speculation about whether the firings were politically motivated or intended to dismantle oversight mechanisms perceived as obstacles to Trump’s agenda.

Conclusion

The sweeping dismissal of inspectors general by President Trump has reignited debates over the role of independent oversight in government. While the administration argues that such actions are standard, the lack of transparency and adherence to legal requirements has drawn bipartisan criticism. As lawmakers push for answers, the controversy underscores the ongoing tension between political authority and institutional accountability in Washington.

India Honours Excellence: Padma Awards 2025 Announced

The Padma Awards, among India’s highest civilian accolades, are conferred annually in three categories: Padma Vibhushan, Padma Bhushan, and Padma Shri. These awards recognize outstanding contributions across diverse disciplines and fields, with the announcements traditionally coinciding with Republic Day celebrations.

The Padma Vibhushan is awarded for exceptional and distinguished service, while the Padma Bhushan acknowledges distinguished service of high order. The Padma Shri, the most inclusive of the three, celebrates distinguished service in any field.

Prime Minister Narendra Modi extended his congratulations to the awardees, remarking, “Congratulations to all the Padma awardees! India is proud to honour and celebrate their extraordinary achievements. Their dedication and perseverance are truly motivating. Each awardee is synonymous with hard work, passion and innovation, which has positively impacted countless lives. They teach us the value of striving for excellence and serving society selflessly.”

Padma Vibhushan Awardees

This year’s Padma Vibhushan honorees include notable figures from various domains:

  • Duvvur Nageshwar Reddy (Medicine): Recognized for his exceptional contributions in the field of medicine.
  • Justice Jagdish Singh Khehar (Retired) (Public Affairs): Honoured for his distinguished service in the judiciary.
  • Kumudini Rajnikant Lakhia (Art): Celebrated for her exceptional contributions to the arts.
  • Lakshminarayana Subramaniam (Art): Renowned for his distinguished achievements in the field of music.
  • MT Vasudevan Nair (Posthumous) (Literature and Education): Awarded posthumously for his influential contributions to literature and education.
  • Osamu Suzuki (Posthumous) (Trade and Industry): Posthumously honoured for his remarkable work in trade and industry.
  • Sharda Sinha (Posthumous) (Art): Recognized posthumously for her invaluable contributions to the arts.

Padma Bhushan Awardees

The Padma Bhushan this year acknowledges contributions across fields like literature, arts, and science:

  • A Surya Prakash (Literature and Education – Journalism): Honoured for his work in journalism.
  • Anant Nag (Art): Recognized for his exceptional contributions to the arts.
  • Bibek Debroy (Posthumous) (Literature and Education): Posthumously celebrated for his work in literature and education.
  • Jatin Goswami (Art): Honoured for his significant contributions to the arts.
  • Dr Jose Chacko Periappuram (Medicine): Recognized for his excellence in medicine.
  • Kailash Nath Dikshit (Archaeology): Celebrated for his distinguished service in archaeology.
  • Manohar Joshi (Posthumous) (Public Affairs): Posthumously honoured for his contributions to public service.
  • Nalli Kuppuswami Chetti (Trade and Industry): Recognized for his exceptional contributions to trade and industry.
  • Nandamuri Balakrishna (Art): Honoured for his achievements in the arts.
  • PR Sreejesh (Sports): Celebrated for his contributions to Indian sports.
  • Pankaj Patel (Trade and Industry): Recognized for his influence in trade and industry.
  • Pankaj Udhas (Posthumous) (Art): Posthumously acknowledged for his legacy in music.
  • Rambahadur Rai (Literature and Education – Journalism): Honoured for his contributions to journalism.
  • Sadhvi Ritambhara (Social Work): Recognized for her selfless service in social work.
  • S Ajith Kumar (Art): Celebrated for his significant impact on the arts.
  • Shekhar Kapur (Art): Honoured for his contributions to cinema.
  • Shobana Chandrakumar (Art): Recognized for her excellence in the field of performing arts.
  • Sushil Kumar Modi (Posthumous) (Public Affairs): Posthumously celebrated for his service in public affairs.
  • Vinod Dham (Science and Engineering): Recognized for his pioneering contributions to science and engineering.

Padma Shri Awardees

The Padma Shri celebrates a wide range of achievers, reflecting India’s diversity and talent:

  • Adwaita Charan Gadanayak (Art): Recognized for his contributions to the arts.
  • Achyut Ramchandra Palav (Art): Honoured for his expertise in calligraphy and visual art.
  • Ajay V Bhatt (Science and Engineering): Celebrated for his innovative achievements in technology.
  • Anil Kumar Boro (Literature and Education): Recognized for his contributions to education.
  • Arijit Singh (Art): Honoured for his exceptional influence in music.
  • Arundhati Bhattacharya (Trade and Industry): Recognized for her leadership in banking and industry.
  • Arunoday Saha (Literature and Education): Celebrated for his contributions to academics.
  • Arvind Sharma (Literature and Education): Honoured for his work in the field of education.
  • Ashok Kumar Mahapatra (Medicine): Recognized for his distinguished service in healthcare.
  • Ashok Laxman Saraf (Art): Celebrated for his enduring contributions to cinema.
  • Ashutosh Sharma (Science and Engineering): Recognized for his innovations in engineering.
  • Ashwini Bhide Deshpande (Art): Honoured for her achievements in classical music.
  • Baijnath Maharaj (Spiritualism): Recognized for his spiritual leadership.
  • Barry Godfray John (Art): Celebrated for his contributions to theatre.
  • Begam Batool (Art): Honoured for her influence in the arts.
  • Bharat Gupt (Art): Recognized for his interdisciplinary work in art and education.
  • Bheru Singh Chouhan (Art): Celebrated for his work in traditional folk art.
  • Bhim Singh Bhavesh (Social Work): Honoured for his community service.
  • BhimavvaDoddabalappaShillekyathara (Art): Recognized for her dedication to traditional art forms.
  • Budhendra Kumar Jain (Medicine): Celebrated for his expertise in healthcare.
  • CS Vaidyanathan (Public Affairs): Honoured for his service in public administration.
  • Chaitram Deochand Pawar (Social Work): Recognized for his commitment to rural development.
  • Chandrakant Sheth (Posthumous) (Literature and Education): Posthumously celebrated for his literary contributions.
  • Chandrakant Sompura (Architecture): Recognized for his architectural designs.
  • Chetan E Chitnis (Science and Engineering): Celebrated for his advancements in science.
  • David R Syiemlieh (Literature and Education): Honoured for his contributions to education and historical studies.
  • Durga Charan Ranbir (Art): Recognized for his work in traditional dance.

A Celebration of Excellence

The Padma Awards highlight the exceptional efforts of individuals across the nation and abroad. This year’s honorees embody the spirit of hard work, innovation, and service, leaving an indelible mark on their respective fields and inspiring countless others to strive for excellence.

6 Habits to Let Go for a Happier Life in Your 70s and Beyond

Have you ever wondered what it takes to lead a truly fulfilling and happy life as you grow older? For many, the key to happiness lies not in adding more to life but in letting go of certain habits that quietly undermine well-being over time. These behaviors may seem harmless initially, but recognizing and releasing them can significantly improve your future quality of life.

Here are six habits to leave behind as you age, paving the way for a brighter and more joyful future.

1) Worrying About the Past

One of the biggest obstacles to happiness later in life is dwelling on the past. Obsessing over regrets, mistakes, or missed opportunities often robs us of the joy available in the present. While reflecting on life can be a positive way to learn from experiences and appreciate the journey, it becomes harmful when it turns into remorse or regret.

As the saying goes, “The past is a place of reference, not residence.” By focusing on the present and looking forward to the future, you can free yourself from the burden of what’s behind you.

2) Neglecting Physical Health

Taking care of your physical health becomes increasingly important with age. Neglecting it can severely impact energy levels, mood, and overall happiness.

A personal story illustrates this point. A man in his 70s stopped prioritizing his health—he skipped exercise, ate poorly, and ignored routine medical check-ups. This led to declining energy and a negative impact on his well-being. Recognizing the need for change, he began walking daily, eating better, and attending regular health check-ups. The result? Improved energy levels, a healthier body, and a more positive outlook on life.

Taking care of your physical health is a non-negotiable aspect of a happy and fulfilling life, no matter your age.

3) Holding Onto Grudges

It’s natural to feel upset or hurt when someone wrongs you, but holding onto resentment can cause lasting harm. According to Healthline, “Holding a grudge may increase your chances of experiencing anxiety, depression, and other mental health conditions.”

Forgiveness doesn’t mean condoning bad behavior or forgetting the incident—it’s about freeing yourself from the emotional burden of resentment. Forgiveness, whether expressed outwardly or practiced internally, is a powerful tool for growth and happiness.

Life is too short to let old wounds overshadow your joy. Choose to make peace with the past and focus on moments that matter.

4) Avoiding New Experiences

As we grow older, it’s easy to fall into routines and avoid stepping out of our comfort zones. However, avoiding new experiences can limit personal growth and reduce happiness.

Trying new things—whether traveling, learning a skill, or even experimenting with a new recipe—adds excitement and joy to life. It also keeps the mind sharp and fosters creativity.

Life is an adventure, no matter your age. Embrace it, and you’lllikely discover new sources of happiness and fulfillment.

5) Isolating Oneself

Social isolation is a significant issue among older adults, with approximately one-quarter of older Americans experiencing it. The CDC warns that isolation can lead to depression, anxiety, heart disease, and even premature death.

Human beings are inherently social, and maintaining connections becomes even more crucial in later years. While physical limitations or retirement can make isolation more likely, taking proactive steps to stay connected—such as joining local groups, volunteering, or reaching out to friends and family—can make a world of difference.

Loneliness doesn’t have to define your later years. Invest in relationships, prioritize your social life, and remain open to forming new connections. A little effort can go a long way in keeping your heart full and your life meaningful.

6) Neglecting Self-Care

Neglecting self-care can have profound effects on mental and physical health. As noted by Psych Central, a lack of self-care can lead to low energy, feelings of hopelessness, and a diminished motivation to engage with others.

Self-care involves more than occasional indulgences; it means prioritizing your physical, mental, and emotional needs. Nourish your body with healthy food, stay active, take time to relax, and engage in activities that bring you joy.

Remember, self-care isn’t selfish—it’s essential. You can’t pour from an empty cup, and investing in your well-being ensures you’re in the best position to enjoy life and connect with others.

The Bottom Line

Happiness in your 70s and beyond isn’tjust about what you do—it’s also about what you let go of. By shedding these six habits, you can make space for joy, connection, and fulfillment in your later years.

It’s never too late to start making changes. Begin today, and gift your future self the happiness and peace you deserve.

Steve Jobs’ Timeless Advice on High Performance: Empowering Self-Managing Employees

In a 1985 interview, Steve Jobs shared an insightful approach to hiring and managing employees, emphasizing the importance of surrounding oneself with highly capable, creative, and intelligent individuals. His perspective on hiring has since become a cornerstone for leaders aiming to build effective teams. However, Jobs offered more than advice on recruiting the right talent; he provided a leadership lesson that remains underappreciated to this day.

Once these exceptional individuals join the team, empowering them through a rare but simple management strategy can transform their potential into high performance. Jobs captured the essence of this strategy when he said:

“The greatest people are self-managing; they don’t need to be managed.”

The Connection Between Self-Management and High Performance

Jobs’ assertion is bold yet crucial for fostering innovation and results. He firmly believed in assembling a team of self-motivated individuals capable of taking initiative, solving problems independently, and achieving outcomes without constant supervision.

For leaders and small business founders, this concept is particularly relevant. Many dream of hiring team members who intuitively understand their roles, take ownership of their responsibilities, and execute tasks without requiring frequent guidance. While it may seem challenging to create such a team, it is achievable by rethinking leadership and embracing self-management as a cultural norm.

Let’s explore why supporting a self-managing workforce can benefit your organization and how this approach can be implemented effectively.

The Benefits of Self-Managing Teams

  1. Boosting Innovation and Agility

Empowering employees with autonomy encourages creativity and swift decision-making. Self-managing employees thrive in environments where they are trusted to act on their instincts, which can be a significant advantage in fast-paced industries. By stepping back, leaders allow these high performers to experiment, solve problems, and innovate.

Jobs famously articulated this principle:

“It doesn’t make sense to hire smart people and tell them what to do; we hire smart people so they can tell us what to do.”

This approach fosters an environment where employees feel confident taking bold actions and pursuing big ideas, ultimately driving the organization forward. Research supports this, indicating that autonomy enhances problem-solving and innovation.

  1. Freeing Up Managers for Strategic Work

Micromanagement often drains time and energy, leaving managers preoccupied with minor details rather than strategic objectives. In contrast, self-managing employees handle day-to-day execution, freeing leaders to focus on long-term goals and organizational vision.

Managers who resist the urge to control every aspect of their team’s work empower employees to take ownership. This shift benefits both parties: managers can dedicate their efforts to “why” and “what’s next,” while employees develop confidence and competence in handling the “how.”

  1. Enhancing Employee Engagement and Retention

Trusting employees to manage their own work significantly impacts engagement. In one instance, an executive reviewed their company’s engagement scores, which were alarmingly low. The survey revealed that a lack of managerial trust in employees was a key factor.

Autonomy is a critical driver of engagement. When employees feel trusted, they are more motivated and invested in their work. This sense of ownership fosters loyalty and reduces turnover. As Jobs’ philosophy suggests, companies that value and empower their employees see stronger commitment, higher performance, and lower attrition rates.

Building a Self-Managing Culture

Creating a self-managing team requires intentionality. Leaders must shift their focus from control to trust, setting clear expectations and providing employees with the tools and support they need to succeed. By fostering an environment where employees feel empowered, businesses can unlock their teams’ full potential, much like Jobs did at Apple.

The key takeaway from Jobs’ timeless advice is that great leaders don’t simply manage talent—they trust it, nurture it, and allow it to flourish.

Judge Blocks Trump’s Executive Order on Birthright Citizenship, Calling It Unconstitutional

President Donald Trump’s executive order aimed at denying U.S. citizenship to children born to parents living illegally in the country has encountered its first significant legal obstacle. It faced a critical test in a Seattle courtroom on Thursday and did not fare well.

During the hearing, U.S. District Judge John C. Coughenour questioned the Justice Department’s arguments and labeled the executive order “blatantly unconstitutional.” The judge issued a temporary restraining order, preventing the administration from enforcing the order nationwide while legal challenges proceed.

Understanding Birthright Citizenship

Birthright citizenship grants citizenship to individuals born in a country, a principle enshrined in the 14th Amendment of the U.S. Constitution. This amendment, ratified in 1868, explicitly states: “All persons born or naturalized in the United States and subject to the jurisdiction thereof, are citizens of the United States and of the State wherein they reside.” It was established to ensure citizenship for former slaves following the Civil War.

Critics argue that this provision incentivizes illegal immigration, as it allows children born in the U.S. to gain citizenship and potentially help their parents secure legal status in the future. Seeking to address this perceived issue, Trump signed the executive order shortly after being sworn in for his second term.

The order sparked immediate legal challenges nationwide. Five lawsuits, brought by 22 states and various immigrant rights groups, have been filed. The first hearing involved a case led by Washington, Arizona, Oregon, and Illinois.

What’s Next for Legal Challenges?

The judge’s temporary restraining order halts enforcement of the executive order for 14 days. During this period, both sides will file further arguments on the legality of the order. Judge Coughenour scheduled a follow-up hearing on February 6 to decide whether a preliminary injunction should be issued. Such an injunction would block the order indefinitely while the case progresses.

Meanwhile, other lawsuits against the order are moving forward. On February 5, CASA, a nonprofit immigrants’ rights organization, will have a hearing in Greenbelt, Maryland. Other cases, including one led by New Jersey representing 18 states, the District of Columbia, and San Francisco, as well as another brought by the Brazilian Worker Center in Massachusetts, have yet to schedule hearings.

Opponents of the order argue it would lead to severe consequences for affected children. They claim it could render many stateless, strip them of their rights, and prevent them from participating in civic or economic life.

Judge’s Reasoning

While Judge Coughenour did not provide an extensive explanation during the hearing, his statements made his stance clear. Calling the order “blatantly unconstitutional,” he grilled Justice Department attorney Brett Shumate while refraining from questioning Washington’s assistant attorney general, Lane Polozola.

The opposing states argue that the 14th Amendment’s guarantee of birthright citizenship is well-established and that the president lacks the authority to unilaterally decide citizenship qualifications.

Judge Coughenour emphasized the clarity of the issue, stating: “I’ve been on the bench for over four decades. I can’t remember another case where the question presented was as clear as this one is.”

The Justice Department responded with a statement asserting its intent to defend the executive order. “We look forward to presenting a full merits argument to the Court and to the American people, who are desperate to see our Nation’s laws enforced,” the department declared.

Judge Coughenour’s Background

At 84, Judge John C. Coughenour has served as a federal judge for over four decades. Appointed by President Ronald Reagan in 1981, he graduated from the University of Iowa’s law program in 1966. Although semi-retired, he continues to hear cases and is known for his independence and assertive judicial style.

Newly elected Washington Attorney General Nick Brown, who previously served as a U.S. attorney in Seattle, expressed little surprise at the judge’s reaction. “I’ve been in front of Judge Coughenour before to see his frustration personally,” Brown said. “But I think the words that he expressed, and the seriousness that he expressed, really just drove home what we have been saying. … This is fairly obvious.”

Coughenour has presided over thousands of cases, including criminal and environmental matters. One of his most notable cases involved Ahmed Ressam, the so-called “millennium bomber,” who was arrested in December 1999 while attempting to enter the U.S. with explosives intended for a New Year’s Eve attack on Los Angeles International Airport.

Coughenour clashed with prosecutors over Ressam’s sentencing, disagreeing on how much leniency should be granted for Ressam’s cooperation after his conviction. After sentencing Ressam to 22 years twice—only to have the rulings overturned by the 9th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals—Coughenour ultimately imposed a 37-year sentence in 2012. Reflecting on the case, he remarked that it was the only instance where an appellate court had deemed him excessively lenient.

The Broader Implications

The temporary restraining order represents the first major legal setback for Trump’s executive order. The case is expected to set the stage for prolonged legal battles over the scope of presidential authority and the constitutional guarantee of birthright citizenship.

As additional hearings and rulings unfold, the outcome could have far-reaching consequences for immigration policy and the lives of millions of children born in the United States to parents without legal status. For now, the order remains blocked, and its fate will depend on arguments presented in the weeks and months ahead.

Library of Congress: A Timeless Repository of Knowledge

Established in 1800, the Library of Congress holds the distinction of being the oldest federal cultural institution in the United States. Its origin is intertwined with the establishment of Washington, D.C., as the nation’s capital. The legislation that relocated the U.S. capital from Philadelphia also created the Library of Congress, with President John Adams approving the bill. This initial act allocated $5,000—equivalent to around $122,000 today—for purchasing books to serve Congress. Recognizing the growing significance of the library, Thomas Jefferson elevated the librarian of Congress to a presidential appointment two years later.

From these modest beginnings, the Library of Congress has grown into the largest library in the world. As of September 2022, its vast collection housed over 175 million items, with an impressive 10,000 additions each day. This monumental repository of knowledge spans a wide array of formats and subjects, reflecting centuries of intellectual pursuit.

A Collection Like No Other

The Library of Congress boasts an assortment of unique and captivating artifacts. Among its treasures is the smallest book in its collection, Old King Cole, a nursery rhyme that measures just 1/25th of an inch—about the size of a period. On the other end of the spectrum, the largest item is a photo book showcasing images of Bhutan, measuring a remarkable 5 by 7 feet.

While books form the cornerstone of the library, its holdings extend far beyond print. The collection encompasses audio materials, maps, sheet music, photographs, newspapers, manuscripts, presidential papers, and various other media. Together, these resources provide an unparalleled window into human history and creativity.

Fascinating Facts in Numbers

The Library of Congress is not only a treasure trove of information but also a symbol of scale and diversity. In 2022, it welcomed 370,000 visitors, highlighting its enduring appeal to scholars, tourists, and history enthusiasts.

Its National Film Registry, a celebrated archive of culturally, historically, or aesthetically significant films, includes 850 movies. These films span decades of cinematic history and reflect the diverse narratives that have shaped American culture.

Remarkably, the library’s collection represents over 470 languages, underscoring its commitment to preserving global heritage. This linguistic diversity ensures that the Library of Congress serves as a resource not just for the United States but for the entire world.

Behind the scenes, a dedicated team of 3,172 permanent staff members maintains the library’s operations. Their efforts ensure that this institution remains a vital hub for research, education, and preservation.

Conclusion

The Library of Congress, established during the formative years of the United States, stands as a testament to the enduring value of knowledge and culture. From its tiny beginnings with a modest budget to its current status as the world’s largest library, it has grown into a beacon of intellectual achievement. Whether through its collection of rare books, diverse media, or unique artifacts, it continues to inspire curiosity and serve as a cornerstone of the nation’s cultural legacy.

Indian Cardinal George Jacob Koovakad Appointed Prefect for Interreligious Dialogue by Vatican

On January 24, the Vatican announced the appointment of Cardinal George Jacob Koovakad as the prefect of the Dicastery for Interreligious Dialogue. In addition to this prestigious role, Cardinal Koovakad will continue serving as the coordinator of Apostolic Journeys at the Secretary of State.

At 51 years old, Cardinal Koovakad is a member of the Syro-Malabar Church. His journey in the clergy began with his ordination as a priest in 2004 for the Changanacherry Archeparchy. Over the years, he has held various roles in the Church, and on December 7, 2024, Pope Francis elevated him to the position of Cardinal.

By assuming his new responsibilities, Cardinal Koovakad joins the ranks of other notable Indian cardinals who have made significant contributions to the universal Church. These include Cardinal Simon Lourdusamy, who once served as the prefect of the Congregation for the Oriental Churches, and Cardinal Ivan Dias, who led the Congregation for the Evangelization of Peoples.

This announcement coincides with a significant milestone in the Catholic Church’s history: the diamond jubilee of Nostra Aetate. This landmark document from the Second Vatican Council, officially titled “Declaration on the Relation of the Church with Non-Christian Religions,” was promulgated by Pope Paul VI on October 28, 1965. Nostra Aetate revolutionized the Church’s approach to people of other faiths, emphasizing the importance of mutual understanding and interreligious dialogue.

Interreligious dialogue has traditionally encompassed four key dimensions: the dialogue of life, the dialogue of action, the dialogue of theological exchange, and the dialogue of religious experience. These aspects aim to create meaningful interactions between people of different faiths, fostering mutual respect and collaboration. Over time, theologians and scholars have continued to expand on the concept, underlining its importance for the Church’s mission and life.

Pope John Paul II was instrumental in highlighting the significance of interreligious dialogue as a core aspect of his papacy. Pope Francis, however, has integrated it even further into the global mission of the Church. Whether addressing the faithful in locations such as Dhaka, Dubai, Myanmar, or Mongolia, Pope Francis consistently emphasizes the need for interreligious dialogue as a pathway to peace and cooperation.

At the Vatican, Pope Francis has welcomed numerous delegations from various religious traditions. During these meetings, he has reiterated the necessity of working collectively toward peace and the greater good of humanity. He has also voiced concern about the detrimental impact of religious fundamentalism, describing it as a destructive force akin to a virus. For the Pope, engaging with and respecting other religions is essential in today’s world. “Religious fundamentalism, like a virus, is destroying our life and our cultures in numerous ways,” Pope Francis has observed, while also stressing that mutual dialogue can lead to the purification and renewal of all religions.

Those who actively participate in interreligious dialogue are often empowered to contribute to peace and the values of the Kingdom of God. These include fostering fraternity, justice, dignity, and human rights, as well as promoting enlightenment and the flourishing of life.

Under Pope Francis, interreligious dialogue has become an indispensable component of the Church’s evangelizing mission. The need to explore innovative ways to engage with people of other faiths is more urgent than ever. Such efforts aim to create a world where people can collaborate, grow, and thrive together in harmony.

Cardinal Koovakad’s upbringing in Indian culture, known for its emphasis on respecting diversity, has undoubtedly influenced his worldview. As he steps into his new role, he carries with him the potential to further the mission of fostering fraternity and dialogue among people of various religions, cultures, and perspectives. The Church recognizes that interreligious dialogue is not merely a task but a vital avenue for building bridges in a world often marked by division.

As Cardinal Koovakad shoulders this significant responsibility, his energy and youthful zeal offer hope for strengthening relationships between diverse communities. His leadership in the Dicastery for Interreligious Dialogue is expected to pave the way for deeper connections and understanding among followers of different faiths. Through these efforts, the Church hopes to inspire mutual respect and shared progress on the path to peace and unity.

US Secretary of State Marco Rubio and S Jaishankar Discuss Key Bilateral and Global Issues

In Washington DC today, US Secretary of State Marco Rubio held his first meeting with India’s External Affairs Minister S Jaishankar, during which the issue of “irregular immigration” was a prominent topic of discussion.

According to a readout provided by State Department spokesperson Tammy Bruce, Rubio underscored the Trump administration’s commitment to working collaboratively with India to address this concern. “Rubio emphasised the Trump administration’s desire to work with India to advance economic ties and address concerns related to irregular migration,” Bruce stated.

The two leaders reaffirmed their shared dedication to strengthening the India-US partnership, Bruce added. They explored an array of topics, including regional matters and avenues to further enhance collaboration between the two countries in areas such as critical and emerging technologies, defence cooperation, energy security, and promoting a free and open Indo-Pacific region.

After the meeting, Jaishankar shared his thoughts on the discussions through a post on X. He expressed his satisfaction at meeting Rubio for their first bilateral engagement since Rubio assumed office as Secretary of State. “Reviewed our extensive bilateral partnership, of which Rubio has been a strong advocate. Also exchanged views on a wide range of regional and global issues. Look forward to closely working with him to advance our strategic cooperation,” Jaishankar wrote.

Jaishankar is currently in Washington DC on the invitation of the US government to attend the swearing-in ceremony of Donald Trump, who was inaugurated as the 47th President of the United States on Monday.

In addition to his bilateral talks with Jaishankar, Rubio also engaged in discussions with the foreign ministers of Australia and Japan—Penny Wong and Takeshi Iwaya, respectively. Following these discussions, the four nations issued a joint statement committing to regular meetings among their officials to prepare for an upcoming leaders’ summit, which is expected to take place in India later this year.

This meeting underscores the ongoing efforts to deepen the India-US strategic relationship while addressing global and regional challenges collaboratively.

House Passes Laken Riley Act: Immigration Legislation Sent to President Trump for Approval

The House of Representatives passed the Laken Riley Act on Wednesday, delivering an immigration-focused bill to President Trump’s desk. This marks a potential legislative victory for Trump following his return to the White House earlier this week.

The bill was passed by a vote of 263-156, with 46 Democrats joining all present Republicans in support. The House’s approval followed the Senate’s bipartisan vote on Monday, where the measure was cleared by a margin of 64-35.

Trump is expected to sign the bill into law, making it the first legislation enacted during his second term. Immigration and border security have been central to Trump’s agenda and campaign messaging.

“The Laken Riley Act will now go to President Trump’s desk for him to sign into law,” said Speaker Mike Johnson (R-La.) on social platform X. “Criminal illegal aliens must be detained, deported, and NEVER allowed back into our country. The American people demand and deserve safety and security.”

While the White House has not confirmed a signing ceremony, Trump is scheduled to leave for North Carolina on Friday.

Provisions of the Laken Riley Act

The legislation mandates the detention of a wide range of migrants without legal status, including those legally allowed into the United States to seek asylum, if they have been accused of crimes such as theft, burglary, or shoplifting.

The bill is named after Laken Riley, a nursing student from Georgia who was killed by a Venezuelan migrant previously arrested for shoplifting. This incident occurred after the individual had been paroled into the U.S.

Criticism and Concerns

The bill has drawn criticism for requiring the detention of individuals based on accusations rather than convictions. Critics argue this could lead to unjust detainment and deportation.

“Under this bill, a person who has lived in the United States for decades, say for most of her life, paid taxes and bought a home, but who is mistakenly arrested for shoplifting would not be free to resume her life, but rather would be detained and deported, even if the charges are dropped,” said House Judiciary Committee ranking member Jamie Raskin (D-Md.) during earlier debates.

Legislative Journey

The passage of the bill in the House marks the culmination of months of effort by Republicans. The legislation was first approved by the House in March, shortly after Riley’s death. However, it stalled in the then-Democratic-controlled Senate.

The bill was reintroduced earlier this month as the first measure of the 119th Congress. With a Republican majority in the Senate, the legislation quickly advanced. The Senate made minor technical adjustments and added two amendments before sending it back to the House for final approval.

One amendment, introduced by Sen. John Cornyn (R-Texas), adds assault of a law enforcement officer to the list of crimes triggering detainment. Another amendment, known as Sarah’s Law and proposed by Sen. Joni Ernst (R-Iowa), requires the detention of migrants without legal status who are charged with crimes resulting in death or serious bodily harm. This provision honors Sarah Root, a victim of a fatal car crash in 2016 caused by a migrant who later fled the country after posting bond.

Twelve Democrats joined all Senate Republicans in passing the final version of the bill.

Dividing Democrats

The legislation has exposed divisions among Democrats, who are still grappling with the aftermath of their losses in the November elections. Immigration and border security were pivotal issues during the campaign, with polls consistently identifying these topics as top concerns for voters.

Trump frequently highlighted Riley’s case on the campaign trail, using her death to critique the Biden administration’s immigration policies. When a Georgia court sentenced Jose Ibarra, the Venezuelan migrant who killed Riley, to life in prison in November, Trump described the verdict as “justice.”

“The Illegal who killed our beloved Laken Riley was just found GUILTY on all counts for his horrific crimes,” Trump said at the time, shortly after his election victory.

Executive Actions on Immigration

Immigration remains a priority for the Trump administration. On his first day back in office, Trump issued several executive orders aimed at tightening border security and restricting migration.

One order pauses refugee admissions, while another reinstates a program that partners local law enforcement with immigration officials. Additionally, Trump declared a national emergency to allow for greater deployment of active-duty military personnel at the southern border and to allocate resources for border wall construction.

Another executive order frames migration as an “invasion” and seeks to halt asylum processing by citing public health and national security concerns.

The Path Forward

With the Laken Riley Act expected to be signed into law, Republicans view this as a significant step toward fulfilling their campaign promises on immigration. However, critics warn that the bill’s provisions may lead to human rights concerns and unintended consequences for migrants who have long been part of American society.

As immigration continues to be a contentious issue, the passage of this legislation highlights the deep divide between Republicans and Democrats on how to address border security and the treatment of migrants.

Trump’s Executive Orders: A First 3-Day Policy Blitz on Immigration, Trade, Civil Rights, and Government Efficiency

In his first three days, President Donald Trump launched a flurry of executive orders aimed at reshaping the U.S. government across multiple sectors, reflecting his commitment to campaign promises and a rightward shift in policy. These orders span immigration, trade, civil rights, government efficiency, and climate action. While some have immediate implications, others face legal challenges, and several have symbolic significance.

Immigration and Border Security

Trump focused heavily on immigration, declaring a national emergency at the southern border, characterizing the influx of migrants as an “invasion.” His orders trigger several immediate actions, including utilizing military personnel for border enforcement—a move that could challenge the Posse Comitatus Act, which restricts military involvement in domestic law enforcement. Other directives include halting refugee arrivals, redefining birthright citizenship, prioritizing border wall construction, and revoking the “catch-and-release” practice. Trump also authorized local law enforcement to assist federal immigration enforcement and mandated DNA collection from immigration detainees. The orders aim to streamline deportations and curtail family reunification programs, setting the tone for a tough stance on immigration.

International Trade and the Economy

Trump took steps to address trade imbalances by ordering reviews of U.S. trade relations, especially with Mexico, Canada, and China. He proposed new tariffs, including a 25% tariff on Mexican and Canadian goods. He also directed the establishment of an “External Revenue Service” to handle tariffs and foreign trade revenues. Additionally, Trump suspended U.S. participation in the Global Tax Deal, aiming to protect American interests in international corporate taxation.

Climate, Energy, and Environmental Policy

In a significant move away from the Biden administration’s climate policies, Trump withdrew the U.S. from the Paris climate agreement, blocking funding for the International Climate Finance Plan. He also declared a national energy emergency to promote fossil fuel production, including streamlining permitting processes for energy projects. Trump rolled back numerous regulations aimed at reducing carbon emissions, including restrictions on fossil fuel extraction in Alaska and the Arctic National Wildlife Refuge. His directives signal a push for greater energy independence and a reversal of the green energy push under Biden.

Civil Rights and Transgender Rights

Trump issued orders to roll back Biden-era initiatives on racial and ethnic equity and transgender rights. The White House ordered the elimination of diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) programs, including positions like “chief diversity officer.” Trump also mandated the recognition of only male and female gender categories on government documents, ending policies that supported transgender individuals in federal programs and military service. He directed that civil rights laws be interpreted with the understanding that “sex” excludes “gender identity.”

Federal Workers and Government Efficiency

On the domestic front, Trump focused on streamlining government operations. He established the Department of Government Efficiency, led by Elon Musk, to recommend cuts in federal programs and spending. Additionally, Trump froze federal hiring, with exceptions for immigration, border enforcement, and military positions. His orders also make it easier to remove, demote, or reassign senior federal employees, effectively tightening control over the federal workforce.

These executive actions highlight Trump’s goal of centralizing power within the executive branch and taking swift action on key issues. They reflect his unwavering commitment to his political base and his ambition to reshape U.S. policies on immigration, trade, civil rights, and government structure. However, many of these orders face legal hurdles and will continue to spark debates over the balance of power in the U.S. government.

China Unearths 168 Tons of Gold Reserves While Pakistan Strikes a Massive Gold Deposit

China has once again made a significant gold discovery, this time uncovering an additional 168 tons of gold reserves. According to the Ministry of Natural Resources, the reserves were located in Gansu province (northwest China), Inner Mongolia (northern China), and Heilongjiang province (northeastern China). This remarkable find adds to China’s growing prominence in the global gold industry.

This discovery is the second major gold reserve China has reported in recent times. In November of last year, the country gained global attention with the revelation of the world’s largest gold deposit in Hunan province. Situated near Pingjiang County, this high-grade deposit is estimated at 1,000 metric tons, with an impressive valuation exceeding USD 83 billion, which is roughly Rs 7 lakh crore. This discovery eclipsed South Africa’s South Deep mine, which previously held the record as the largest gold reserve, containing 900 metric tons of gold.

According to Forbes, the United States, Germany, and Italy are the top three countries with the largest gold reserves. As per the World Gold Council, the United States leads the global rankings with a staggering 8,133 tons of reserves, holding almost as much gold as Germany, Italy, and France combined.

China, while ranking sixth globally with 2,264.32 tonnes of gold reserves, is ahead of India, which has 840.76 tonnes. Despite this, China is the world’s top producer of gold, with an annual output of approximately 375 tonnes, accounting for 10% of global production in 2022. The country’s dominance in gold production is fueled by its extensive mining operations, further solidifying its role in the global gold market.

Gold Discovery in Pakistan Offers Economic Promise

Meanwhile, Pakistan has also reported a significant gold discovery that could potentially transform its struggling economy. The former Mining Minister of Punjab, Ibrahim Hasan Murad, recently announced the discovery of 2.8 million tolas of gold, valued at approximately 800 billion Pakistani rupees. These reserves were found along a 32-kilometer stretch in Attock, Punjab.

In a statement shared on X (formerly Twitter), Murad highlighted the discovery’s importance: “Former Mining Minister of Punjab, Ibrahim Hasan Murad, has unveiled a groundbreaking discovery: 2.8 million tolas of gold, valued at 800 billion PKR, spread across a 32-kilometer stretch in Attock. This revelation, validated by the Geological Survey of Pakistan, highlights the immense potential of Punjab’s natural resources. Massive Gold Deposit: 2.8 million tolas confirmed through extensive research.”

The discovery has been confirmed through rigorous research conducted by the Geological Survey of Pakistan. It underscores the immense potential of Punjab’s natural resources, which could play a critical role in addressing the country’s economic challenges.

Pakistan, which is currently facing a prolonged economic downturn, could benefit significantly from the revenue generated by these newly discovered reserves. With an estimated worth of 800 billion PKR, the gold deposits could provide a much-needed boost to the country’s economy, potentially aiding in stabilizing its financial systems and fostering growth.

As both China and Pakistan make headlines with their gold discoveries, these developments highlight the strategic importance of natural resource management and the potential for such finds to reshape national economies.

Kerala Literature Festival 2025: A Global Celebration of Art and Ideas

The Kerala Literature Festival (KLF), hailed as Asia’s largest literary gathering, is gearing up for its 8th edition with a stellar lineup of luminaries from literature, music, film, and art. Scheduled to take place in Kozhikode, a UNESCO-designated City of Literature, the event will run from January 23 to 26, drawing a diverse global audience for an extraordinary celebration of creativity.

This year’s festival boasts an impressive roster of renowned figures. Flute virtuoso Hariprasad Chaurasia, acclaimed filmmaker Mani Ratnam, and legendary violinist L. Subramaniam, fondly called the “God of Indian Violin,” are among the standout names. Bollywood stalwarts Naseeruddin Shah and Ratna Pathak Shah, versatile actor Prakash Raj, and YouTube sensation Prajakta Kohli will also be present, ensuring a dynamic blend of culture, artistry, and intellectual exchange. “Their presence creates a one-of-a-kind cultural experience, making KLF a must-attend for enthusiasts of art and literature,” stated the organizers.

Adding to the festival’s grandeur, KLF will feature a remarkable array of talents, including Nobel laureates, Booker Prize winners, and award-winning authors and artists. Some of the notable personalities include Malayalam cinema icon Parvathy Thiruvoth, vocalist Mir Mukhtyar Ali, musician Vidya Shah, dancer Methil Devika, French poet Fred Nevché, Bharatnatyam artist Rajashree Warrier, singer Harish Sivaramakrishnan, pianist Stephen Devassy, and Spanish performer Mónica de la Fuente. These distinguished figures will engage in stimulating discussions and artistic performances, enriching the festival’s appeal and cultural impact.

Beyond the luminaries, the festival will shine a spotlight on Kerala’s vibrant cultural heritage, showcasing traditional art forms, dance, and performances deeply embedded in the region’s history. These local expressions will complement a series of global cultural acts, creating a harmonious fusion of the local and the international. “This blend of traditional Kerala culture and global artistry will foster a universal dialogue, celebrating the interconnectedness of art and literature,” remarked Ravi Deecee, the festival’s Chief Facilitator.

France takes center stage this year as the Guest Nation, bringing its artistic flair to the KLF. French cultural performances will share the spotlight with Kerala’s traditional art forms, symbolizing a rich cultural exchange. Among the distinguished French participants are Fred Nevché and Alfred Lionel Papagalli, whose contributions promise to enhance the collaborative spirit of the event. Their presence reflects the festival’s commitment to cross-cultural engagement, breaking barriers and uniting creative minds across borders.

Expressing his enthusiasm for the festival, Ravi Deecee said, “We are thrilled to bring together such a distinguished lineup of artists, writers, and intellectuals for this year’s festival. The fusion of global cultures, including French and Kerala traditions, will offer a unique platform for cross-cultural engagement. It is a celebration of the diverse ways in which art and literature bring people together, breaking boundaries and fostering a universal dialogue.”

With an estimated footfall of six lakh attendees, KLF 2025 is poised to be a grand spectacle of artistic expression and intellectual discourse. Attendees from all corners of the globe are expected to convene in Kozhikode, where the four-day event promises an immersive experience. The festival’s diverse programming will seamlessly intertwine literature, music, art, and culture, creating a space where ideas and creativity flourish.

In its 8th edition, the Kerala Literature Festival aims to reaffirm its reputation as a premier cultural event, uniting audiences and artists in a shared celebration of creativity, dialogue, and the power of the written word.

Rare “Corpse Flower” Blooms in Australia, Captivating Thousands Online

An endangered plant renowned for its pungent odor, nicknamed the “corpse flower,” is currently in bloom at the Royal Botanic Gardens in Sydney, Australia. The rare event has drawn global attention, with thousands of people tuning in to a livestream to witness the phenomenon.

The titan arum, scientifically known as Amorphophallus titanum, is native to the rainforests of Sumatra, Indonesia. The plant blooms only once every few years, with the flowering process lasting a mere 24 hours. This short-lived spectacle has made the corpse flower a botanical marvel, celebrated for its massive structure and the distinct stench it emits.

The Sydney specimen, affectionately named Putricia, has become an online sensation. Descriptions of its scent range from “wet socks” and “hot cat food” to “rotting possum flesh.” The event’s popularity has even inspired unique language among viewers, who have coined phrases like “WWTF” (We Watch the Flower) in the livestream’s chat.

On Thursday, more than 8,000 people were watching the livestream simultaneously, a number that doubled as the flower began to show noticeable changes. The anticipation was palpable as the plant, cordoned off behind a red velvet rope, slowly revealed its vibrant maroon spathe—a petal-like structure that surrounds the spadix, the towering central spike.

The excitement surrounding Putricia’s bloom is unprecedented at the Royal Botanic Gardens. “This specimen is around 10 years old,” said John Siemon, director of horticulture and living collections at the gardens. “We acquired it from our colleagues in LA Botanic Garden at the age of three, and we’ve been nurturing it for the last seven years. We’re incredibly excited to have our first bloom in 15 years.”

Siemon likened the public interest in the bloom to Sydney’s 2000 Olympics, noting, “We’ve had 15,000 people come through the gates before it [the flower] even opened.”

The livestream has become a platform for humor and camaraderie among viewers. One commenter wrote, “I’m back again to see how Putricia is going, and I can see she’s still taking her time like the queen she is, fair play.” Another quipped, “This is the slowest burlesque ever.” A particularly devoted fan shared, “Overnight I watched, fell asleep, awoke, watched, fell asleep. I am weak, but Putricia is strong. WWTF.”

Other acronyms created by viewers include WDNRP (We Do Not Rush Putricia) and BBTB (Blessed Be The Bloom), reflecting the playful yet reverent tone of the online community.

The corpse flower’s unique characteristics make it one of nature’s wonders. When in bloom, the spadix emits a strong odor resembling decaying flesh, which lures pollinators like flies and beetles. These insects, mistaking the plant for rotten meat, assist in transferring pollen between male and female flowers.

The titan arum holds the distinction of having the largest flowering structure in the world, capable of reaching heights of up to 3 meters (10 feet) and weighing as much as 150 kilograms (330 pounds). Its spadix contains hundreds of flowers at its base, further emphasizing its extraordinary biology.

Despite its grandeur, the titan arum is endangered in the wild due to deforestation and habitat degradation in Sumatra. Efforts to cultivate the plant in botanical gardens worldwide aim to preserve its existence while also educating the public about its ecological significance.

Putricia is one of several titan arums housed at the Royal Botanic Gardens in Sydney. The last bloom there occurred 15 years ago, making this event a rare and cherished occasion. However, other Australian cities have hosted similar blooms in recent years. Botanic gardens in Melbourne and Adelaide have also showcased the corpse flower, each time drawing thousands of visitors eager to experience its notorious odor.

The fascination with the titan arum extends beyond Australia. London’s Kew Gardens, a pioneer in cultivating the plant outside its native habitat, saw a corpse flower bloom as recently as June last year. The first recorded bloom outside Sumatra occurred at Kew Gardens in 1889, marking a historic milestone in botanical history.

As Putricia continues her fleeting bloom, she serves as a reminder of the delicate balance required to protect endangered species. The thousands of people captivated by her appearance, both in person and online, underscore the enduring appeal of nature’s rare and unusual phenomena.

With her maroon skirt unfurled and her infamous stench filling the air, Putricia has cemented her status as a true botanical queen, inspiring awe, laughter, and a deeper appreciation for the wonders of the natural world. WWTF indeed.

Indian Institute of Science Secures Spot Among Top 100 in Computer Science in THE World Rankings 2025

The Times Higher Education (THE) has unveiled its World University Rankings 2025 by subject, marking a significant achievement for Indian academia. For the first time, an Indian institute has made it to the global top 100 institutions in the Computer Science category. The Indian Institute of Science (IISc), Bengaluru, has clinched the 99th spot with a score of 60.5, improving its position from the previous year when it was placed in the 101–125 band in the 2024 rankings.

In the Engineering Subject Rankings 2025, institutions from the United States and the United Kingdom continue to dominate the top positions. Harvard University retains its premier position with an impressive overall score of 97.5. Stanford University follows closely in second place with a score of 96.4, Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) ranks third with 96.2, and the University of Oxford is in fourth place with 96.1.

The rankings highlight excellence across 11 disciplines: Arts and Humanities, Business and Economics, Computer Science, Education Studies, Engineering, Law, Life Sciences, Medical and Health, Physical Sciences, Psychology, and Social Sciences. Notably, the United States leads in nine of these subject areas, while the United Kingdom claims dominance in the remaining two.

Other top-ranking institutions in Engineering include the University of California, Berkeley, which is ranked fifth with a score of 95.8. The University of Cambridge in the United Kingdom follows in sixth place, scoring 95.6. The California Institute of Technology takes the seventh spot with 95.5, and Princeton University secures the eighth position with a score of 94.5. The National University of Singapore, the only Asian institution in the top 10, ranks ninth with a score of 93.4, while ETH Zurich from Switzerland rounds out the top 10 with a score of 92.6.

Among Indian institutions featured in the Engineering rankings, Anna University is placed in the 251–300 range, scoring between 44.7 and 46.6. Lovely Professional University occupies a spot in the 301–400 band with scores ranging from 41.3 to 44.6. Meanwhile, Jamia Millia Islamia and Saveetha Institute of Medical and Technical Sciences are both ranked in the 401–500 range, with scores falling between 38.3 and 41.2.

These rankings underscore the growing global recognition of Indian institutions, particularly in fields like Computer Science and Engineering, and highlight the continued dominance of universities from the United States and the United Kingdom in higher education.

Oscar Nominations 2025: ‘Emilia Perez’ Leads with 14 Nods Amidst Fierce Competition

The nominations for the 97th Academy Awards were revealed today, with Emilia Perez dominating the list by earning an impressive 14 nominations. This remarkable feat places the film in the same esteemed company as All About Eve, Titanic, and La La Land, all of which previously achieved the milestone of 14 nominations.

Beyond living up to expectations, Emilia Perez exceeded them by earning nominations in categories where its success was less predictable. These include Best Cinematography, Best Sound, and two nominations recognizing Selena Gomez’s contributions—Best Supporting Actress and Original Song.

While Emilia Perez takes the lead, the Oscar race remains highly competitive. Conclave, directed by Edward Berger, has emerged as a formidable contender. The critically acclaimed film secured nominations in key categories: Best Picture, Best Director, Best Actor for Ralph Fiennes, and Best Supporting Actress for Isabella Rossellini. Following its triumphs at the BAFTA Awards, Conclave has further solidified its status as a major player this awards season.

Universal Pictures’ Wicked, a box office sensation, also performed exceptionally well with several nominations. Cynthia Erivo received a Best Actress nod for her role as Elphaba, while Ariana Grande earned a Best Supporting Actress nomination for her portrayal of Glinda. The film further demonstrated its strength in technical categories, with nominations for Best Costume Design, Best Film Editing, and Best Visual Effects.

A24’s The Brutalist, a historical epic featuring Adrien Brody, garnered eight nominations, including Best Actor for Brody and Best Director for Brady Corbet. Despite its success in several technical categories, the film missed out on nominations for Best Supporting Actress (Felicity Jones) and Best Film Editing, both of which had been considered strong possibilities.

Searchlight Pictures’ A Complete Unknown, a Bob Dylan biopic, earned three acting nominations. Timothée Chalamet received his second career nod for Best Actor, Edward Norton was recognized with his fourth nomination in the Best Supporting Actor category, and breakout star Monica Barbaro received a nomination for Best Supporting Actress.

Complete List of Major Nominations:

Best Picture

  • Anora
  • The Brutalist
  • A Complete Unknown
  • Conclave
  • Dune: Part Two
  • Emilia Perez
  • A Real Pain
  • Sing Sing
  • The Substance
  • Wicked

Best Director

  • Jacques Audiard (Emilia Perez)
  • Sean Baker (Anora)
  • Edward Berger (Conclave)
  • Brady Corbet (The Brutalist)
  • Payal Kapadia (All We Imagine as Light)

Best Actress

  • Cynthia Erivo (Wicked)
  • Marianne Jean-Baptiste (Hard Truths)
  • Mikey Madison (Anora)
  • Demi Moore (The Substance)
  • Fernanda Torres (I’m Still Here)

Best Actor

  • Adrien Brody (The Brutalist)
  • Timothée Chalamet (A Complete Unknown)
  • Daniel Craig (Queer)
  • Colman Domingo (Sing Sing)
  • Ralph Fiennes (Conclave)

Best Supporting Actress

  • Monica Barbaro (A Complete Unknown)
  • Jamie Lee Curtis (The Last Showgirl)
  • Ariana Grande (Wicked)
  • Isabella Rossellini (Conclave)
  • Zoe Saldaña (Emilia Perez)

Best Supporting Actor

  • Yura Borisov (Anora)
  • Kieran Culkin (A Real Pain)
  • Jeremy Strong (Apprentice)
  • Edward Norton (A Complete Unknown)
  • Guy Pearce (The Brutalist)

Best Original Screenplay

  • The Substance
  • Anora (Sean Baker)
  • The Brutalist (Brady Corbet, Mona Fastvold)
  • A Real Pain (Jesse Eisenberg)
  • September 5

Best Adapted Screenplay

  • A Complete Unknown
  • Conclave
  • Emilia Perez
  • Sing Sing
  • Wicked

International and Animated Features

In the International Feature Film category, Emilia Perez leads alongside Flow, I’m Still Here, Kneecap, and Vermiglio. Meanwhile, the Animated Feature lineup includes Flow, Inside Out 2, Memoir of a Snail, Wallace & Gromit: Vengeance Most Fowl, and The Wild Robot.

Technical Achievements

Films like The Brutalist, Conclave, Dune: Part Two, Wicked, and Emilia Perez also dominated in technical categories. Notable mentions include:

  • Best Cinematography: Emilia Perez, The Brutalist, and Conclave
  • Best Costume Design: Wicked and Nosferatu
  • Best Film Editing: Dune: Part Two, Emilia Perez, and Wicked
  • Best Visual Effects: Wicked, Dune: Part Two, and Deadpool & Wolverine

Music and Sound

The Original Song category includes El Mal from Emilia Perez, composed by Clément Ducol, Camille, and Jacques Audiard, and Kiss the Sky from The Wild Robot. Elton John’s Never Too Late from his biographical film and Diane Warren’s The Journey from The Six Triple Eight also made the cut.

In the Best Sound category, films like A Complete Unknown, Dune: Part Two, Gladiator II, Joker: Folie à Deux, and Wicked are among the nominees.

Documentary and Short Films

In documentary categories, nominees include Daughters, No Other Land, and Sugarcane for Feature, while Death By Numbers and I Am Ready, Warden lead the Short Documentary nominations. For Live Action Shorts, highlights include The Last Ranger and Anuja.

Conclusion

The 97th Academy Awards promises to be a celebration of cinematic excellence, with Emilia Perez leading the pack and strong contenders like Conclave, Wicked, and The Brutalist keeping the race exciting. As anticipation builds, it remains to be seen which films and artists will claim the coveted Oscars on the big night.

India Advocates Legal Migration and Supports Return of Illegal Nationals

India has reaffirmed its position on promoting legal migration and its openness to accepting deported nationals. This stance, emphasized by External Affairs Minister S. Jaishankar during his visit to the United States, underscores the country’s effort to capitalize on its vast pool of skilled and semi-skilled professionals. It also reflects the influence of the 3.5-crore-strong Indian diaspora and their significant contributions to India’s economy.

India’s Global Workforce Advantage

India received a record $125 billion in remittances in 2023, according to the World Bank, far surpassing the $71.92 billion in foreign direct investment (FDI) it attracted during the 2023-24 fiscal year. The primary sources of these remittances were countries like the United States, UAE, Saudi Arabia, and the UK. This substantial inflow underscores the economic importance of Indian professionals and workers abroad.

During a press briefing in Washington, Jaishankar emphasized India’s consistent and principled position on illegal migration. “India is open to the return of Indian nationals living illegally abroad, including in the US,” he stated, adding that the government opposes illegal migration due to its association with unlawful activities that harm a nation’s reputation.

Jaishankar also disclosed that the US had provided India with a list of 18,000 Indians facing deportation. While affirming India’s opposition to illegal migration, he reiterated the country’s advocacy for legal mobility, emphasizing the benefits of a global workplace. “We want Indian talent and skills to gain maximum global exposure,” he said.

Strengthening Bilateral Ties Amid Challenges

Jaishankar’s visit coincided with the early days of the Trump administration’s second term. Reflecting on his meetings, he described the administration as “very confident and upbeat,” noting a clear focus on achieving results. “I mean that feeling that look, ‘we need to get things done’,” Jaishankar remarked during his interaction with Indian reporters.

A pressing concern raised during his meetings with US Secretary of State Marco Rubio was the delay in visa processing. Jaishankar noted the adverse effects of such delays on business, tourism, and bilateral relations. “If it takes 400-odd days to get a visa, I don’t think the relationship is well served by this,” he said, emphasizing the need for streamlined processes to foster stronger ties.

Indian Diaspora: A Force to Reckon With

The Indian diaspora has made remarkable contributions across sectors globally, particularly in technology and finance. Leading Fortune 500 companies have CEOs of Indian origin, including Sundar Pichai of Alphabet and Satya Nadella of Microsoft. In the financial domain, Ajay Banga and Gita Gopinath hold prominent positions, while Usha Vance, the wife of US Vice-President JD Vance, traces her roots to Andhra Pradesh.

The success of these individuals exemplifies the global impact of Indian talent and reinforces India’s push for facilitating legal migration.

Agreements to Promote Legal Migration

To advance its goals of legal migration and workforce mobility, India has signed multiple agreements with countries around the world. Labour Manpower Agreements with Gulf nations and Jordan enable the streamlined deployment of Indian workers to these regions.

Additionally, Migration and Mobility Partnership Agreements (MMPAs) have been signed with France, the UK, and Germany. These agreements cover short-stay visas and the mobility of students, researchers, and professionals, while also addressing irregular migration and human trafficking.

Other bilateral agreements include one with Japan on “specified skilled workers” and another with Portugal focusing on the recruitment of Indian workers. India is in ongoing discussions with Denmark, Finland, Italy, Portugal, Cyprus, Greece, Germany, Austria, and Australia to further expand such partnerships.

Conclusion

India’s proactive stance on promoting legal migration and accepting deported nationals aligns with its vision of leveraging its global workforce for economic and diplomatic gains. With the support of a strong diaspora and strategic agreements with partner countries, India aims to ensure its talent receives maximum exposure while addressing the challenges posed by illegal migration.

This approach not only strengthens India’s global standing but also underscores the pivotal role of its skilled workforce in shaping international collaborations and fostering mutual growth.

Amazon Resumes Green Card Applications Amid Workforce Restructuring

Amazon (AMZN) has resumed the process of assisting foreign workers in obtaining green cards, according to an internal memo reported by Business Insider. This marks the company’s return to the Program Electronic Review Management (PERM) process, which it paused two years ago. The process, which resumed on January 6, had been suspended since 2021.

The exact reason for Amazon’s decision to restart these applications remains unspecified. However, it is widely viewed as part of a strategy to prepare for increased competition in the labor market. The PERM process is essential for foreign workers pursuing green cards, as it ensures companies demonstrate that hiring these individuals does not negatively impact job opportunities or wages for U.S. citizens. This complex procedure typically takes two to three years to complete and costs employers anywhere from $2,500 to $20,000 per employee.

The decision to revive green card processing comes as Amazon simultaneously scales back certain operations. Earlier this week, the company announced the closure of seven warehouses in Quebec, Canada, resulting in layoffs affecting nearly 2,000 workers. Since late 2022, Amazon has eliminated more than 27,000 roles across various departments. Notably, its Fashion and Fitness division faced a loss of 200 employees earlier this month.

Despite these reductions, the renewal of PERM filings indicates Amazon’s commitment to recruiting global talent as part of its long-term growth strategy. The company, which ranks as the second-largest employer in the U.S. behind Walmart (WMT), appears to be recalibrating its workforce to meet future objectives.

This decision may also be linked to policies proposed during President Donald Trump’s administration. Trump had advocated for granting green cards to foreign students graduating from U.S. colleges, a move that would expand the talent pool for companies like Amazon.

Additionally, this shift coincides with Amazon’s enforcement of its return-to-office (RTO) policy. The company has warned employees that failure to comply with this mandate could result in termination. Amazon initially aimed for all employees to return to the office five days a week by January 2, 2025. However, logistical challenges, including a lack of sufficient office space, have made it difficult to fully implement this policy across all locations.

As Amazon navigates these workforce changes, its renewed focus on green card applications underscores a dual approach—addressing immediate operational needs while investing in a diverse and competitive global workforce for the future.

Indians Rush for C-sections to Beat Birthright Citizenship Ban Deadline in the U.S.

A surge in demand for C-sections has been witnessed among Indian couples in the U.S., all aiming to have their children born before February 20. This rush is driven by the looming deadline for a significant shift in U.S. birthright citizenship laws, announced under President Donald Trump’s executive order. Indian families, particularly those on temporary work visas, are scrambling to secure U.S. citizenship for their children, fearing the loss of the right to automatic citizenship once the deadline passes.

The urgency behind the influx of C-section requests is tied to Trump’s executive order aimed at ending birthright citizenship. As per the new directive, children born in the U.S. up until February 19 will still receive automatic American citizenship, but any child born after that date to non-citizen parents will not be granted U.S. citizenship by birth.

The executive order has sparked concern among the Indian community, particularly those working in the U.S. on H-1B or L1 visas. These individuals are not U.S. citizens nor permanent residents (Green Card holders), and under the new rule, their children will not be recognized as U.S. citizens, which was previously guaranteed under birthright citizenship.

Indian couples in the U.S., many of whom are in the long waiting line for Green Cards, are now focusing on ensuring that their children are born before the deadline. One Indian-origin gynecologist from New Jersey, Dr. S.D. Rama, told The Times of India that his clinic had been receiving an unusual number of requests for C-sections, with many women in their eighth or ninth month of pregnancy. Some were even asking for premature deliveries months before their due dates.

Dr. Rama recalled one instance: “A seven months pregnant woman came with her husband to sign up for a preterm delivery. She isn’t due until sometime in March,” he said. This reflects the lengths to which families are willing to go to secure U.S. citizenship for their children.

For many Indian families, the stakes are high. U.S. citizenship for their children represents not only a future of opportunities for the next generation but also a potential pathway to residency for the parents. Children born in the U.S. to non-citizen parents can, upon turning 21, sponsor their parents for permanent residency, a prospect that has become more uncertain with the approaching deadline.

Dr. S.G. Mukkala, an obstetrician and gynecologist from Texas, expressed concern about the health risks of premature births, which many of his patients were requesting. “I am trying to tell couples that even if it is possible, a preterm birth poses significant risks to mother and child. Complications include underdeveloped lungs, feeding problems, low birth weight, neurological complications, and more,” he warned.

Despite these risks, the desire for birthright citizenship has led many parents to ignore the potential dangers. On Reddit, many discussed their reasons for pushing ahead with preterm deliveries, despite the concerns raised by doctors. One user wrote, “Obviously the doctors will say if it’s safe or not, and so on. That’s not terrible parenting.”

The situation has sparked wider debates about the implications of Trump’s executive order. One Reddit user, reflecting on the broader picture, remarked, “American dream is a scam. Right now they are processing 2012 EB2/3 for India. Which means typically for people who entered the U.S. in 2007. i.e., if a 22-year-old fresh out of college entered the U.S. in 2007, they will be getting a Green Card around this time. Another 5 years for citizenship. 45 years old to become a citizen. Know what you are signing up for.”

The long wait for Green Cards has been a source of frustration for many Indian families in the U.S. The backlog for Green Cards, particularly for Indian nationals, has reached historic proportions, with estimates suggesting it could take a century to process current applicants. For many, birthright citizenship was seen as a necessary alternative, a guarantee that their children would have a secure future in the U.S. without being subject to the prolonged visa and Green Card delays.

Priya, a woman who is expecting her child in March, expressed her fears: “We were counting on our child being born here. We’ve been waiting for our Green Cards for six years. This was the only way to ensure stability for our family. We are terrified of the uncertainty.”

Her fears were echoed by a 28-year-old finance professional who spoke to The Times of India. “We sacrificed so much to come here. Now, it feels like the door is closing on us,” he said, as he and his wife prepare for the birth of their first child.

For those in the U.S. illegally, the policy change has even graver consequences. One man from California, who entered the U.S. illegally and has lived there for eight years, shared how the new rule has upended his family’s plans. His wife, seven months pregnant, was devastated when they learned that their child would no longer be automatically granted U.S. citizenship. “We thought of seeking asylum, but then my wife got pregnant and our lawyer suggested that we get direct citizenship through our child. Now, we are all at sea,” he said, struggling to comprehend the new reality under the Trump administration.

Some on social media platforms like Reddit, seeing the distress of many, suggested that Indian nationals in the U.S. consider returning to India or relocating to other countries. “Come back to India or relocate to another country,” one user advised, reflecting the sense of uncertainty that has gripped many members of the Indian community in the U.S.

The situation underscores the pressure that the looming February 20 deadline is placing on Indian families. Many are going to great lengths, including opting for preterm births, in the hope that their children can secure U.S. citizenship. The American Dream, which has long symbolized opportunity for immigrants, now faces a new challenge with the Trump administration’s birthright citizenship ban. As the deadline approaches, Indian families are finding themselves in an emotional and practical race against time, hoping to ensure a future for their children before the door to U.S. citizenship closes.

OpenAI Partners with Major Tech Giants and Investors for $500 Billion AI Infrastructure Project Amidst Skepticism

OpenAI, the creator of ChatGPT, is collaborating with a major U.S. tech company, a Japanese investment firm, and a sovereign wealth fund from the United Arab Emirates to establish a vast $500 billion artificial intelligence (AI) infrastructure in the United States. The project, named The Stargate Project, was unveiled at the White House by President Donald Trump, who hailed it as “the largest AI infrastructure project by far in history” and emphasized its importance for maintaining “the future of technology” within the U.S.

Despite the project’s ambitious claims, Elon Musk, a prominent adviser to Trump and a rival to OpenAI CEO Sam Altman, raised doubts about its financial backing. On Wednesday, Musk questioned the project’s funding, stating that it “does not actually have the money” it claims to invest.

AI investment is surging, leading to an increasing demand for new data centers. At the same time, the environmental concerns surrounding the immense amounts of water and power required by these facilities have also sparked debate.

The Stargate Project is a joint venture between OpenAI, Oracle, Japan’s SoftBank, led by Masayoshi Son, and MGX, the technology investment arm of the United Arab Emirates government. The companies involved announced that the new venture, which was in the works before Trump’s administration, has secured $100 billion in immediate funding, with the remaining amount to be provided over the next four years. The project is expected to create approximately 100,000 jobs.

Elon Musk, who owns the platform X (formerly known as Twitter), expressed his skepticism about the funding on a post in which OpenAI detailed the venture. Musk wrote, “They don’t actually have the money.” He further claimed, “SoftBank has well under $10B secured. I have that on good authority,” although he did not provide specifics or evidence to support his statement.

In response, Sam Altman, CEO of OpenAI, denied Musk’s claims, stating, “Wrong, as you surely know.” Altman then invited Musk to visit the project’s first site, which is already under construction, and added, “This is great for the country. I realize what is great for the country isn’t always what’s optimal for your companies, but in your new role, I hope you’ll mostly put the US first.”

Musk is playing a central role in advising Trump on government efficiency and is tasked with overseeing federal spending. However, tensions between Musk and Altman have been evident since Musk’s departure from OpenAI’s board in 2018, after which he launched his own AI startup.

A source familiar with The Stargate Project stated that it was unclear where Musk had obtained his information and reaffirmed that the venture is well-positioned to deploy $100 billion. The project’s first data center is currently under construction in Texas, as confirmed by Oracle’s Chief Technology Officer, Larry Ellison. Additional data centers are planned for other U.S. locations.

During the announcement at the White House, Altman expressed optimism about the venture’s significance, calling it “the most important project of this era.” He also acknowledged President Trump’s role in the project, stating, “We wouldn’t be able to do this without you, Mr. President,” although the initiative had begun before Trump took office.

The U.S. has long been the global leader in AI investment, far outspending other countries in this field. Major U.S. tech companies have been heavily investing in AI-related data centers over the past year. For instance, Microsoft, one of OpenAI’s main backers, recently revealed plans to invest $80 billion in AI-focused data centers this year alone. Additionally, Microsoft is part of a $100 billion venture involving BlackRock and MGX, which focuses on AI data center investments.

Amazon has also been making significant investments in data centers, with two projects valued at around $10 billion each announced within the last two months.

A McKinsey report last year predicted that global demand for data center capacity would more than triple by 2030, growing at an annual rate of 19% to 27%. To meet this demand, the consultancy estimated that developers would need to construct at least double the capacity built since 2000 by 2030. However, analysts have warned that various challenges, such as power limitations, land constraints, and permitting delays, could hinder progress.

Trump, who has previously taken credit for promoting business investment, promised that he would take steps to support the industry. He declared, “I’m going to help a lot through emergency declarations because we have an emergency,” underlining the importance of keeping AI development in the U.S. The President added that his administration would ensure the project’s success by making it “possible for them to get that production done very easily.”

The growing demand for AI infrastructure has been a key topic for OpenAI, which has long called for more investment in data centers. The Information, a technology news website, first reported on The Stargate Project in March of the previous year.

Other partners involved in the project include the British chipmaker Arm, U.S. chipmaker Nvidia, and Microsoft, which already collaborates with OpenAI.

Alongside Musk’s concerns about the funding for the Stargate Project, there are broader concerns about the environmental impact of the data centers, particularly their massive energy consumption and the role of foreign investors in the U.S. AI industry.

In one of his final acts as President, Joe Biden introduced rules aimed at restricting exports of AI-related chips to several countries, arguing that this move would help the U.S. maintain control over the industry. Biden also issued executive orders related to the development of data centers on government land, emphasizing the role of clean energy in powering these facilities.

As the U.S. continues to be at the forefront of AI investment, The Stargate Project represents one of the largest ventures aimed at shaping the future of artificial intelligence and the infrastructure needed to support it. Whether it can meet the ambitious goals set forth by its creators remains to be seen, as the industry grapples with significant challenges, from financing concerns to environmental implications.

Capitol Riot Participant Rejects Trump Pardon, Stresses Accountability for Actions

Pamela Hemphill, a person who served time in prison for her involvement in the U.S. Capitol riot four years ago, has rejected a pardon from former President Donald Trump. Hemphill, who had been sentenced to 60 days behind bars after pleading guilty, expressed to the BBC that there should be no pardons for those involved in the January 6, 2021 riot.

“We were wrong that day,” Hemphill said, acknowledging her illegal actions during the riot. She added, “Accepting a pardon would only insult the Capitol police officers, rule of law, and, of course, our nation.” Hemphill explained that by pleading guilty, she took full responsibility for her actions, and accepting a pardon would contribute to a false narrative, one that she believes is being pushed by the Trump administration.

The 60-year-old woman, who gained the nickname “Maga granny” from social media users due to her association with Trump’s “Make America Great Again” slogan, also criticized the Trump government for what she described as an attempt to “rewrite history.” She firmly rejected any notion of forgiveness, emphasizing, “We were wrong that day, we broke the law – there should be no pardons.” Hemphill made these statements on the BBC World Service’s Newsday programme.

Her stance comes amid a broader context of pardons granted by Trump, who, within hours of taking office, made the controversial decision to pardon or commute the sentences of nearly 1,600 individuals involved in attempts to violently overturn the 2020 presidential election. Speaking during a White House news conference, Trump defended his actions, stating, “These people have already served years in prison, and they’ve served them viciously. It’s a disgusting prison. It’s been horrible. It’s inhumane. It’s been a terrible, terrible thing.”

Trump’s actions, while celebrated by some, have drawn criticism from various quarters, including within his own party. Republican Senator Thom Tillis from North Carolina voiced his disapproval of the decision, saying, “I just can’t agree” with the pardons. He added that such a move “raises legitimate safety issues on Capitol Hill.” Another Republican, Senator James Lankford from Oklahoma, also spoke against the pardons, emphasizing the importance of law and order. “I think if you attack a police officer, that’s a very serious issue and they should pay a price for that,” Lankford said in an interview with CNN.

The refusal of a pardon is not a new occurrence. Under the U.S. Constitution, it is within an individual’s rights to reject a pardon, a position upheld by the Supreme Court. Legal experts, including those at Cornell Law School, have confirmed that individuals who choose not to accept a pardon cannot be forced into doing so. This highlights the autonomy individuals have regarding their own legal matters.

Among the individuals who did accept pardons was Jacob Chansley, one of the most recognizable faces from the Capitol riot. Known as the self-styled “QAnon Shaman,” Chansley had been sentenced to 41 months in prison but was released in 2023 after serving 27 months of his sentence. Upon hearing about his pardon, Chansley was reportedly working out at a gym and learned of the news from his lawyer. His reaction was one of elation. “I walked outside and I screamed ‘freedom’ at the top of my lungs and then gave a good Native American war cry,” Chansley recalled, describing his emotional response to the pardon.

Hemphill’s rejection of the pardon and her call for accountability underscores the growing divide over the Capitol riot and its aftermath. For her, the message is clear: those who participated in the riot must face the consequences of their actions. “I pleaded guilty because I was guilty,” she emphasized, reinforcing her stance that accepting a pardon would undermine both her personal accountability and the wider rule of law.

The ongoing debate over pardons and the Capitol riot reflects larger issues concerning justice, accountability, and the interpretation of events that continue to resonate in the political landscape. As public figures, including Hemphill, take stands on the issue, the conversation about the proper response to the January 6 riot remains deeply polarized, with both supporters and detractors of the pardons offering strong views.

As the political ramifications of the Capitol riot continue to unfold, figures like Hemphill provide a stark contrast to those seeking leniency or a rewriting of history. For Hemphill, the rejection of a pardon is not merely a personal decision but a statement about the need for a just society, where individuals are held accountable for their actions, no matter their political affiliation. She rejected any attempts to downplay the events of January 6, 2021, saying, “We were wrong that day, we broke the law – there should be no pardons.”

Trump’s Pardons of Capitol Rioters Raise Fears of Emboldened Extremism

Former President Donald Trump’s decision to pardon around 1,500 individuals involved in the January 6 Capitol riot has drawn significant reactions from far-right activists and sparked deep concern among legal and extremism experts. The mass pardons, granted on Monday, included many who had been convicted of violent offenses, with far-right groups hailing the move as a reaffirmation of their loyalty to Trump.

Far-right activists celebrated the pardons, often echoing Trump’s own rhetoric. The California chapter of the Proud Boys posted on Telegram, “We’ll never forget, we’ll never forgive. You can’t get rid of us.” Similarly, a post on X from one pardoned rioter warned, “You are on notice. This is not going to end well for you,” addressing those who had supported the prosecution of Capitol rioters.

Enrique Tarrio, the former national leader of the Proud Boys who had been serving a 22-year sentence for seditious conspiracy, was among those pardoned. After his release, Tarrio appeared on conspiracy theorist Alex Jones’ podcast, stating, “The people who did this, they need to feel the heat. We need to find and put them behind bars for what they did.”

Experts worry that these pardons could embolden extremists and increase the likelihood of political violence, particularly in contentious areas like border security and elections. Heidi Beirich, co-founder of the Global Project Against Hate and Extremism, remarked, “This move doesn’t just rewrite the narrative of January 6. It sets a dangerous precedent that political violence is a legitimate tool in American democracy.”

While not all those pardoned were involved in violent actions, the clemency order has amplified the voices of some individuals, raising concerns about its impact. Michael Premo, director of the documentary Homegrown, which chronicled the experiences of right-wing activists, noted, “This is going to build that base of support so when the next election cycle comes around, there’s the potential for Trump to hold onto power or to ensure his successor comes into office.”

Trump’s sweeping clemency fulfilled a campaign promise to the rioters he often referred to as “patriots” and “political prisoners.” The order dismissed or pardoned charges against nearly all individuals involved in the January 6 riots, including those convicted of violent attacks on police officers and obstructing official proceedings. Jacob Chansley, widely recognized for his horned fur hat during the riot, was among those pardoned. Celebrating the news, he wrote on X, “NOW I AM GONNA BUY SOME MOTHER … GUNS!!!”

For victims of the riot, the pardons have created a sense of helplessness. Former Metropolitan Police Officer Michael Fanone, who suffered a heart attack after being assaulted by a rioter with a stun gun, expressed frustration. Unable to obtain a protective order against his assailants, Fanone lamented, “We have no recourse outside of buying a gun.”

Critics argue that pardoning violent offenders sends a troubling message. Barb McQuade, a former U.S. attorney in Michigan, warned, “It signals that political violence is acceptable when it’s committed in service of the leader.”

Many pardoned individuals have openly expressed renewed devotion to Trump. Ali Alexander, a key organizer of the “Stop the Steal” rallies, declared in a Telegram livestream, “I would storm the Capitol again for Donald Trump. I would start a militia for Donald Trump. I dare say I’d— I would die for Donald Trump, obviously.”

Tarrio, who had once referred to January 6 as a “national embarrassment” during his sentencing, now praises Trump as “the best president, I think, since George Washington.” Speaking on Jones’ podcast, Tarrio expressed his enthusiasm, saying, “I love you, I love Elon Musk, and I love President Donald Trump, and I’m happy that all of us are going to be working together to make America great again.”

Stewart Rhodes, founder of the Oath Keepers militia, was also among those whose sentences were commuted. Rhodes, who was convicted of orchestrating a weekslong plot culminating in the Capitol attack, referred to January 6 as “Patriots’ Day.” Speaking outside the District of Columbia jail, Rhodes asserted, “I’m only guilty of opposing those who are destroying the country. We stood up for our country because we knew the election was stolen. Biden did not get 81 million votes.”

The claims of election fraud have been widely debunked. Recounts, audits, and reviews in battleground states—including those conducted under Republican leadership—affirmed the validity of the 2020 election results. Trump’s own attorney general acknowledged that there was no evidence of widespread fraud, and an Associated Press review found no substantial irregularities that could have affected the outcome.

Rhodes, who visited Capitol Hill to advocate for the release of another defendant, maintained his innocence, stating, “I didn’t lead anything on January 6 and bear no responsibility for the riot.” He described the actions of other Oath Keepers who entered the Capitol as “stupid” but not criminal.

Rep. Jamie Raskin, a Maryland Democrat who served on the House committee investigating the attack, expressed concerns about whether the pardoned individuals had reformed. “The question is, are they contrite? Are they repentant? Are they reformed, or do they still pose a threat to police officers and to government in different parts of the country?” Raskin asked.

Legal experts and historians have raised broader concerns about the implications of Trump’s actions. Larry Rosenthal, chair of the UC Berkeley Center for Right-Wing Studies, compared the situation to historical instances of fascism, where private militias worked on behalf of political parties to suppress dissent. Rosenthal noted that militia groups active at the southern border might now seek endorsement from a future Trump administration. “The question is whether Trump’s administration will bring them into the fold,” he said.

When asked if groups like the Proud Boys and Oath Keepers would have a role in his movement, Trump replied, “Well, we have to see. They’ve been given a pardon. I thought their sentences were ridiculous and excessive.”

As the pardons continue to stir debates, the long-term impact on American democracy and the potential for increased political violence remain significant concerns. For many, the clemency order signals a troubling normalization of political violence and raises questions about the future of justice and accountability in the United States.

Rising Attacks on Christians in India: UCF Report Paints a Grim Picture

The 2024 United Christian Forum (UCF) report has sounded an alarm, warning of a dire situation for the Christian community in India. If immediate measures are not taken through political will and government intervention, the report warns, the community could face an existential crisis in their homeland well before 2050.

The statistics reflect a troubling trend, with reported attacks against Christians surging from 127 in 2014 to 834 by December 2024. According to UCF officials, the states of Uttar Pradesh and Chhattisgarh have emerged as epicenters of hostility, marked by rampant mob violence, hate campaigns, and social ostracization. Disturbingly, the report suggests that elements within the law enforcement and judicial systems are complicit in this growing wave of violence.

“These numbers only scratch the surface,” said UCF representatives, referring to the 209 cases reported in Uttar Pradesh and 165 in Chhattisgarh in 2024. Many incidents go unreported, as victims fear retaliation in an environment of impunity and political favoritism. Across the country, the true number of such crimes could be three to ten times higher than what is officially recorded.

The UCF report highlights a pervasive atmosphere of fear among Christians. This fear stems from cultural policing that dictates who qualifies as a true Indian or loyal citizen, often targeting those deemed outsiders. Christians are increasingly isolated and victimized under this framework. Innocent pastors, their families, and even children have been imprisoned, with over a hundred individuals still languishing in jail. Bail is frequently denied, and the slow judicial process itself has become a form of punishment.

“This is a crisis unfolding before our eyes,” warns the UCF. The report raises concerns about India’s global reputation as a democracy that upholds the rule of law and guarantees individual rights. “The Christian community, which has long been a peaceful and integral part of India’s diverse society, is now living in fear,” said Dr. Michael Williams, President of UCF. He emphasized that the rising attacks are not just statistics but represent real human suffering, with families and communities being torn apart.

The situation worsened during the Christmas season of 2024, which witnessed a spike in violence. Fourteen separate attacks targeted Christian gatherings during this period, adding to the community’s distress. In response to this escalation, over 400 senior Christian leaders and 30 Church groups submitted an appeal to President Droupadi Murmu and Prime Minister Narendra Modi on December 31, 2024. Their letter urged the nation’s leadership to act decisively to halt the persecution of Christians.

The UCF’s annual report documented 834 incidents of violence in 2024. However, only 392 of these complaints were registered as First Information Reports (FIRs). This discrepancy is attributed to the discretion granted to police officers, who determine whether a complaint merits an FIR for further investigation and trial.

The data paints a grim picture of the toll these incidents have taken on vulnerable groups within the Christian community. Women, Dalits, and Tribals have been disproportionately affected, with 154 women, 342 Dalits, and 354 Tribals recorded as victims of these attacks.

A closer analysis of the violence reveals the following breakdown:

  • 149 physical assaults
  • 209 cases of property damage
  • 798 incidents involving intimidation, threats, and harassment
  • 331 instances where religious assemblies were disrupted

The UCF calls for greater transparency in the enforcement of laws designed to protect religious freedom and minority rights. “Only through transparent and unbiased investigations, followed by fair trials, can accountability be ensured,” the organization stated. The demand underscores the need for integrity in law enforcement and the judicial process to counter the current climate of impunity.

As the situation stands, the Christian community faces a precarious future in India. While outreach efforts by the government, including interactions with Christian leaders in Kerala, New Delhi, and other regions, are noted, the UCF insists that these gestures must translate into concrete actions to protect a community that has contributed peacefully to India’s rich cultural fabric.

The report concludes by urging all stakeholders to recognize the brewing crisis and act decisively to prevent further deterioration. The stakes are high, not just for the Christian community but for the values of pluralism and democracy that India represents on the global stage.

India Identifies 18,000 Undocumented Immigrants in US for Deportation Amid Trump Administration’s Push

The Indian government has identified 18,000 Indian nationals living in the United States illegally and is working on their repatriation as part of efforts to ease tensions under former President Donald Trump’s administration, according to a report by Bloomberg. This move signals India’s attempt to strengthen bilateral ties and safeguard its interests amid Trump’s focus on immigration policies.

Bloomberg sources revealed that Indian authorities are collaborating with their US counterparts to pinpoint undocumented Indian immigrants for deportation. This cooperation aims to show India’s willingness to work closely with the Trump administration, particularly in preserving legal immigration avenues for its citizens.

President Trump’s tenure was marked by stringent immigration policies, including declaring a national emergency over border security and deploying troops to the US-Mexico border. His administration’s actions created pressure on countries with significant undocumented populations in the US.

While Indian authorities have identified 18,000 undocumented immigrants so far, sources noted that this figure likely underrepresents the actual number. The Pew Research Center estimates approximately 725,000 undocumented Indian immigrants reside in the US, ranking them as the third-largest group of unauthorized immigrants, following nationals from Mexico and El Salvador.

The strategy to identify and repatriate undocumented Indian immigrants has been characterized as a gesture to appease Trump as he entered office. Prime Minister Narendra Modi is widely regarded as maintaining a strong personal rapport with Trump, with both leaders often referring to each other as “great friends.” Despite their camaraderie, Trump’s America-first trade policies included threats of substantial tariffs on Indian goods, a potential economic blow India aims to avoid.

India’s Ministry of External Affairs did not officially confirm the 18,000 deportation figure but acknowledged ongoing collaboration with the US to address illegal immigration. Randhir Jaiswal, a ministry spokesperson, stated, “As part of India-US cooperation on migration and mobility, both sides are engaged in a process to deter illegal migration. This is being done to create more avenues for legal migration from India to the US.”

Jaiswal noted that the deportation process was already underway. In October, a flight carrying over 100 undocumented Indian nationals returned from the US, and more than 1,000 individuals have been repatriated in the past year.

One of India’s primary concerns is protecting the H-1B visa program, a vital pathway for skilled Indian workers seeking employment in the US, particularly in technology and engineering. In 2023, Indians accounted for nearly 75% of all H-1B visas issued. These visas are critical for Indians pursuing career opportunities in the US, offering a pathway to better prospects and financial stability.

Despite its importance to Indian workers, the H-1B program has faced criticism from certain quarters in the US. Some Republican lawmakers have argued that the visa scheme allows foreign nationals to take high-paying jobs that should be reserved for Americans. Trump initially criticized the program as “very, very bad” for US workers. However, his stance softened over time, and he later described it as a “great program.”

Prominent figures in Trump’s circle have also supported the H-1B visa program. Elon Musk, CEO of Tesla and SpaceX and a significant contributor to Trump’s campaign, has expressed his approval of the scheme, underscoring its value for attracting skilled talent.

Amid fears of widespread deportations under Trump’s immigration policies, Modi’s administration’s proactive approach to deport undocumented immigrants is viewed as an effort to prevent large-scale expulsions of Indian nationals by US authorities. Such an event could have caused significant embarrassment for India.

The India-US relationship has been on a positive trajectory, with both nations emphasizing stronger ties as a counterbalance to China’s growing influence. Although the Biden administration has also prioritized deepening ties with India, bilateral relations have faced challenges, including accusations against India regarding an alleged extrajudicial killing on US soil.

Since Trump’s 2016 election victory, India has consistently sought to demonstrate its commitment to working closely with his administration. Foreign Minister Subrahmanyam Jaishankar echoed this sentiment late last year, stating, “I know today a lot of countries are nervous about the US, let’s be honest about it. We are not one of them.”

India’s cooperation on immigration issues aligns with its broader strategy to maintain robust ties with the US while ensuring the protection of its citizens’ interests.

SEC’s New Leadership Forms Task Force to Revamp Crypto Regulations

The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), under its new leadership, announced on Tuesday the formation of a task force dedicated to establishing a regulatory framework for cryptocurrency assets. This represents the first significant step by President Donald Trump’s administration to reshape crypto policy.

Trump, who positioned himself as a “crypto president” during his campaign, has vowed to undo what he perceives as an aggressive regulatory stance implemented by former President Joe Biden’s SEC. Under Biden’s leadership, the SEC pursued legal actions against several crypto companies, including Coinbase and Kraken, accusing them of violating SEC rules.

The accused firms have consistently denied these allegations, asserting that the current SEC regulations are unsuitable for the crypto industry. They argue that the criteria determining whether a cryptocurrency qualifies as a security, thus falling under the SEC’s jurisdiction, remain unclear. For years, industry leaders have been calling on the SEC to provide a coherent and transparent regulatory framework for digital assets.

Tuesday’s initiative, spearheaded by Republican Commissioner Mark Uyeda, recently appointed by Trump as acting SEC chair, and Commissioner Hester Peirce, signals a significant policy win for the cryptocurrency sector under the new administration.

“The Task Force’s focus will be to help the Commission draw clear regulatory lines, provide realistic paths to registration, craft sensible disclosure frameworks, and deploy enforcement resources judiciously,” Uyeda’s office stated in the announcement.

Earlier this month, Reuters reported that Uyeda and Peirce were gearing up to launch the Trump administration’s overhaul of crypto policies, including initiating the rule-making process. Additionally, reports suggest Trump may soon issue executive orders to reduce regulatory scrutiny on the crypto industry while fostering the adoption of digital assets.

Jonathan Jachym, Kraken’s global head of policy, welcomed the development, stating in an email, “We are encouraged by this meaningful first step towards real policy solutions and ending the regulation by enforcement era of the past. We look forward to accelerating our policy engagement … to establish regulatory clarity.”

Investor enthusiasm over the crypto-friendly administration led to Bitcoin reaching a record high of $109,071 on Monday.

Beyond setting regulatory boundaries, the newly established task force will assist lawmakers in drafting cryptocurrency-related legislation. It will also work in collaboration with other federal entities, such as the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, and coordinate with state and international agencies, according to the SEC.

Coinbase’s Chief Legal Officer Paul Grewal expressed optimism about the shift in policy. “We have been saying for years to help us by crafting rules for crypto. Over the last four years, the answer was resoundingly ‘no,’” Grewal stated in a phone interview. “It is a new day.”

Abhishek Sharma Shines as India Clinches Seven-Wicket Victory Over England in 1st T20I

India secured a commanding seven-wicket win over England in the opening T20I of the five-match series in Kolkata. Chasing a modest target of 133, the hosts displayed dominance, thanks to a spectacular knock by Abhishek Sharma, who smashed 79 runs off just 34 balls. His explosive innings set the tone for India’s comfortable chase, achieved in just 12.5 overs. Sanju Samson contributed 26 runs off 20 balls, while Tilak Varma chipped in with an unbeaten 19 off 16 deliveries, ensuring a smooth finish for the team.

Abhishek’s blistering innings included a flurry of boundaries and sixes, underlining his aggressive approach. His fifty, reached in just 20 balls, places him in elite company among Indian players. He now holds the record for the second-fastest T20I fifty against England, trailing only Yuvraj Singh’s iconic 12-ball effort in Durban in 2007.

India’s chase began strongly with openers Abhishek and Samson putting together a vital partnership. The duo’s effort dismantled England’s bowling attack early on, leaving little room for a comeback. After Samson’s dismissal for 26, Abhishek carried on his onslaught, ensuring there were no hiccups in the chase. Tilak Varma’s calm presence at the crease further cemented India’s dominance.

Earlier in the game, India’s bowlers set the stage with a disciplined performance. Varun Chakravarthy emerged as the standout bowler, claiming three crucial wickets. His ability to deceive batters with his variations proved instrumental in restricting England to a below-par total.

The seamers also played a significant role, with Arshdeep Singh, Hardik Pandya, and Axar Patel picking up two wickets each. England’s batting revolved around Jos Buttler, who top-scored with a valiant 68 off 44 balls. Despite his efforts, the rest of the lineup struggled against India’s disciplined attack, with wickets falling at regular intervals.

Summarizing his team’s performance, Abhishek said, “It feels great to contribute to the team’s victory. The wicket was good for batting, and I tried to capitalize on the loose deliveries. Winning the first match of the series gives us a lot of confidence moving forward.”

This victory gives India a 1-0 lead in the series, and the team will look to build on this momentum in the upcoming matches. The second T20I is scheduled for later this week, where England will aim to bounce back and level the series.

Fastest Fifties for India Against England in T20Is (Balls Faced):

  1. Yuvraj Singh – 12 balls (Durban, 2007)
  2. Abhishek Sharma – 20 balls (Kolkata, 2025)
  3. KL Rahul – 27 balls (Manchester, 2018)

India’s clinical all-round performance showcased their strength in both departments, making them the team to beat in this series. With Abhishek Sharma’s electrifying innings and the bowlers’ consistent efforts, the hosts have set the tone for an exciting series ahead.

Trump’s Executive Order on Birthright Citizenship Sparks Legal and Ethical Controversy

On his very first day in office, President Donald Trump signed an executive order aimed at terminating the principle of birthright citizenship in the United States. Birthright citizenship, which ensures that any individual born on U.S. soil is a citizen, is firmly rooted in the 14th Amendment to the Constitution. However, such an executive action raises serious legal and constitutional questions.

The president does not hold the authority to unilaterally revoke constitutional protections. Much like the inability to establish a national religion or extend a presidency beyond two terms, altering an amendment to the Constitution falls well beyond the scope of executive power. This move, critics argue, appears to cater to nativist factions on the far right. Despite its questionable legality, the executive order could still cause significant disruptions to millions of lives, which some suspect may be its underlying intent.

Origins of Birthright Citizenship

The principle of birthright citizenship has its roots in English common law, dating back to the 1600s. It became a fundamental element of the U.S. Constitution during the post-Civil War Reconstruction era, known as the “Second Founding.” The 13th, 14th, and 15th Amendments were introduced to address the profound social and legal injustices stemming from slavery.

The 14th Amendment was particularly significant. It was drafted as a direct response to the infamous 1857 Supreme Court decision in Dred Scott v. Sandford. That ruling declared that enslaved individuals, even those residing in free states, were not U.S. citizens and had no rights under the Constitution. The decision further inflamed tensions over slavery, contributing to the outbreak of the Civil War.

Following the war, Congress sought to eliminate the remnants of slavery and inequality through constitutional amendments. The 14th Amendment, in particular, was designed to ensure that anyone born in the United States, regardless of race or origin, would be granted citizenship. Its opening clause states unequivocally: “All persons born or naturalized in the United States, and subject to the jurisdiction thereof, are citizens of the United States and of the State wherein they reside.”

Legal Precedents and Limitations

History shows that even Congress cannot circumvent the 14th Amendment’s protections. About 30 years after its ratification, Congress attempted to deny citizenship to individuals born in the U.S. to Chinese parents. The Supreme Court decisively rejected this in the landmark 1898 case United States v. Wong Kim Ark, affirming that the 14th Amendment’s provisions applied to all individuals born on U.S. soil.

This clear legal precedent underscores that the president, too, lacks the authority to rewrite the Constitution through executive action. Amending the Constitution requires a rigorous process: a two-thirds majority in both the House and Senate, followed by ratification by three-quarters of the states. Such a feat is exceedingly rare, reflecting the deliberate difficulty of altering the nation’s foundational document.

Political Motivations and Potential Consequences

Despite the constitutional safeguards, the push to end birthright citizenship persists. It was a cornerstone of the Project 2025 agenda, a conservative blueprint for sweeping changes in U.S. governance. While proponents argue that such changes are necessary to address immigration challenges, critics contend that this effort is a cynical ploy to undermine the principles enshrined in the Constitution.

Even though the executive order is almost certain to face legal challenges, its immediate impact could be profound. Lawsuits have already been filed by 18 state attorneys general and several cities, aiming to block its implementation. However, the possibility remains that a lower court might temporarily allow the order to take effect.

This raises troubling questions: Would the order merely apply to future births, as claimed, or could it pave the way for more drastic measures, such as stripping existing citizens of their status? Such uncertainty could create widespread fear and instability, particularly among immigrant communities.

The Supreme Court’s Role

Ultimately, the Supreme Court will likely determine the fate of the executive order. Given the court’s conservative majority, some worry that ideological leanings could influence its decision. Yet even this court would find it difficult to dismiss over 150 years of legal precedent. As the Constitution’s language on birthright citizenship is explicit and unambiguous, any attempt to reinterpret it would require extraordinary legal contortions.

Nonetheless, the lower courts’ initial rulings could embolden the administration to pursue even more aggressive actions. While the Supreme Court may eventually strike down the order, the damage inflicted during the interim could be significant. Lives could be disrupted, families torn apart, and communities plunged into uncertainty—all as part of what critics describe as a cruel and unconstitutional maneuver.

Broader Implications

The attempt to end birthright citizenship through executive action is more than a legal controversy; it is a direct challenge to the principles of equality and justice that underpin American democracy. The 14th Amendment was crafted to ensure that no person born in the United States would be denied the rights and protections of citizenship. To undermine this guarantee not only defies constitutional law but also erodes the moral fabric of the nation.

In the words of legal experts, “The Constitution protects this path to citizenship, and only an amendment can change it.” Any attempt to bypass this process, whether through executive orders or political rhetoric, threatens to destabilize the nation’s legal and social foundations.

While the Supreme Court is expected to uphold the Constitution, the mere attempt to challenge birthright citizenship has already sown fear and division. For millions of individuals, the uncertainty surrounding their citizenship status is more than a legal matter—it is a deeply personal and existential crisis.

In summary, President Trump’s executive order targeting birthright citizenship is a stark reminder of the fragile balance between political power and constitutional authority. As legal challenges unfold, the nation must grapple with the broader implications of this controversial action and reaffirm its commitment to the principles enshrined in the 14th Amendment.

What Men Truly Value in a Relationship: Insights from Psychology

When it comes to relationships, men may not always articulate their needs openly, but research reveals consistent traits they value deeply in their partners. While physical attraction and chemistry play a role, the foundation of a meaningful relationship lies in emotional connection, trust, and mutual respect. These qualities foster a sense of appreciation, support, and understanding, which are essential for a lasting bond.

As a relationship expert and founder of the Love Connection blog, I’ve observed that the qualities men value most in their partners align with emotional intelligence, independence, and trustworthiness. Here are seven key traits that psychology identifies as critical for a fulfilling relationship.

  1. Emotional Intelligence

Emotional intelligence is a cornerstone of a strong relationship. A partner with emotional intelligence doesn’t just listen but genuinely understands the underlying emotions behind what is said. This ability to pick up on subtle cues, respond with empathy, and communicate thoughtfully helps diffuse conflicts and fosters open dialogue.

Men value this trait because it creates a safe emotional space. An emotionally intelligent partner avoids impulsive reactions, listens without jumping to conclusions, and expresses feelings constructively. This kind of understanding builds trust, enabling men to open up without fear of being judged or criticized.

“A relationship built on emotional intelligence is one that lasts because both partners feel seen, heard, and valued,” highlights the importance of this quality.

  1. Supportiveness

Supportiveness, especially during challenging times, is another quality men deeply appreciate. A supportive partner boosts a man’s sense of self-worth and happiness by standing by him and believing in his dreams and ambitions.

As I’ve observed in counseling sessions, men value having someone who is their cheerleader, providing encouragement and standing as a steady pillar in times of adversity. “After all, we all need a cheerleader in our corner, don’t we?”

  1. Independence

Independence may seem counterintuitive, but it is a trait that men admire in their partners. Men respect women who have their own goals, friendships, and passions, as it reflects confidence and self-sufficiency. This doesn’t mean creating distance but striking a healthy balance between individuality and connection.

In my book Breaking the Attachment: How to Overcome Codependency in Your Relationship, I explore the importance of cultivating independence while fostering interdependence. A strong sense of identity outside the relationship allows both partners to bring their best selves into the partnership, creating a healthier and more balanced dynamic.

  1. Vulnerability

Contrary to the belief that men only value strength and independence, vulnerability is a trait they deeply cherish. A partner who is open about their emotions fosters trust and intimacy. Being vulnerable signals that one trusts their partner enough to show their authentic self.

Vulnerability strengthens the bond between partners by allowing them to connect on a deeper emotional level. “It’s about letting your guard down and not being afraid to show that you’re human too,” encourages embracing moments of vulnerability to deepen the relationship.

  1. Humor

A shared sense of humor can add joy and lightness to a relationship. Humor helps partners navigate life’s challenges with a positive outlook and strengthens their bond through shared laughter.

Psychological research supports the idea that humor is a desirable trait in relationships. “Laughter is the shortest distance between two people,” emphasizing the power of humor in fostering connection.

From personal experience, I’ve seen how humor can be a game-changer. My husband often tells me it was my sense of humor that initially drew him to me, underscoring the significance of this trait in building a joyful partnership.

  1. Physical Attraction

While physical attraction isn’t everything, it does play a role in relationships. Men value partners who take care of themselves—not for superficial reasons but because self-confidence and self-care are inherently attractive qualities.

It’s not solely about appearances but also the way someone carries themselves, smiles, and engages with the world. A woman who feels good about herself exudes a positive energy that draws others in. Physical attraction is multi-dimensional, encompassing confidence and how one presents themselves.

  1. Trustworthiness

Trustworthiness forms the bedrock of any strong relationship. Men value partners they can depend on—those who are reliable, honest, and transparent. As Ernest Hemingway aptly said, “The best way to find out if you can trust somebody is to trust them.”

Building trust takes time and effort, but it’s worth every moment. Trust acts as the glue that holds the relationship together, ensuring that love and respect continue to thrive even in difficult times.

Conclusion

These seven traits—emotional intelligence, supportiveness, independence, vulnerability, humor, physical attraction, and trustworthiness—represent the qualities men value most in their partners. While every individual is unique, these traits provide a foundation for understanding what contributes to a fulfilling relationship.

Ultimately, relationships thrive when both partners bring their authentic selves to the table and nurture these qualities in a way that feels genuine. As a relationship expert, I encourage you to focus on growth and connection, remembering that love is not about finding perfection but embracing the imperfections of your partner with an open heart.

For more insights into building a healthy and lasting relationship, consider exploring my book and other resources. Keep loving, keep growing, and remember: the strongest relationships are built on mutual respect, trust, and understanding.

Trump Administration Moves to Eliminate Federal DEI Roles

The Trump administration has mandated that all federal employees working in diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) roles be placed on administrative leave by Wednesday evening, with agencies required to devise plans to terminate these positions by the end of the month.

This directive, issued via a memorandum from the Office of Personnel Management (OPM) on Tuesday, marks a significant reversal of the DEI policies instituted by the previous administration. The memo demands immediate action, giving federal agencies until 5 p.m. ET Wednesday to suspend DEI employees with paid leave and remove all online content related to DEI offices. By January 31, agencies are expected to submit comprehensive plans for a “reduction-in-force” targeting these positions.

The memorandum further orders the cancellation of all DEI-related training and contracts. Additionally, federal employees are encouraged to report any programs that might be attempting to continue DEI efforts under alternative labels, warning of “adverse consequences” for failing to comply.

The exact number of federal employees impacted by these changes remains unclear. However, the White House has framed the move as a positive development for the country.

“President Trump campaigned on ending the scourge of DEI from our federal government and returning America to a merit-based society where people are hired based on their skills, not for the color of their skin,” White House Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt said in a statement Tuesday night.

President Trump, during his campaign, made dismantling DEI initiatives a central promise, claiming such programs undermine fairness and meritocracy. On his first day back in office, Trump signed an executive order aimed at closing all federal DEI offices, describing them as “illegal and immoral discrimination programs.”

The broader Republican movement has frequently targeted DEI programs as part of an effort to oppose what they label as “woke” policies. Critics argue that these initiatives promote reverse discrimination and exacerbate racial divisions. For instance, during the election, some used “DEI hire” accusations as a pointed critique of Vice President Kamala Harris, implying her position was influenced by such policies.

Advocates for DEI, however, contend that these programs are essential tools for fostering equality in education and workplaces. They argue that DEI initiatives help diversify recruitment and retention efforts, allowing organizations to draw talent from nontraditional backgrounds. While acknowledging that DEI efforts may have imperfections, proponents emphasize their role in creating more equitable opportunities across various sectors.

Is Handwriting Becoming a Lost Art for Generation Z?

In our increasingly digital age, handwriting seems to be fading into obscurity, particularly among Generation Z, those born between the late 1990s and early 2010s. This generational shift raises questions about the future of communication and cognitive development. A recent study from the University of Stavanger has shed light on this phenomenon, revealing that nearly 40% of Gen Z are losing proficiency in handwritten communication—a skill that has been a cornerstone of human interaction for over 5,500 years.

The Impact of Technology

The dominance of digital technology has profoundly altered how we communicate. Platforms such as WhatsApp and Instagram promote rapid, concise exchanges using abbreviations and emojis, making traditional handwriting less common among younger people. Whether for schoolwork or professional tasks, keyboards and touchscreens have become the norm, leading to a decline in the need for pen-and-paper skills.

Experts suggest that Generation Z could become the first generation to miss out on mastering functional handwriting entirely. This trend isn’t merely about convenience; it signals deeper changes in how we process information and connect with one another. As digital communication takes precedence, the personalized nature of handwritten notes is gradually disappearing.

The Cognitive Importance of Handwriting

Handwriting plays a crucial role in brain development, engaging areas of the brain in ways that typing cannot. Studies show that handwriting is closely linked to key cognitive functions such as memory retention and comprehension. Unlike typing, writing by hand requires fine motor skills and sustained focus, which reinforces learning and improves mental agility.

However, reports from universities and Turkish newspaper Türkiye Todayindicate that many Gen Z students find handwritten tasks daunting. These students often struggle to produce legible or coherent handwriting due to lack of practice. According to the reports, they feel “bewildered” when asked to write neatly, resulting in scribbles that are hard to decipher.

What Educators Observe

Professor NedretKiliceri has observed that many college students today lack even basic handwriting proficiency. She notes a preference for brief, disjointed sentences that resemble social media posts more than well-structured paragraphs. “It’s increasingly common to see students arrive at university without pens,” she explains, emphasizing their reliance on keyboards for note-taking and assignments.

The influence of social media further compounds this issue. Platforms like Twitter, which prioritize brevity and immediacy, shape how young people communicate not only online but also in person. This trend towards short, fragmented expression has a lasting impact on their ability to write thoughtfully and at length.

Broader Implications for Communication

The decline in handwriting skills extends beyond personal notes and letters, influencing how Generation Z perceives and interacts with the world. Handwriting has historically been associated with deliberate, meaningful communication, standing in stark contrast to the hurried, impersonal nature of digital texts.

The question arises: can Generation Z balance their digital lifestyles with the preservation of handwriting, an age-old skill integral to cultural heritage? The answer to this question will shape the future of global communication and cultural understanding.

Blending Old and New

As this transitional period continues, it becomes vital for educators, parents, and policymakers to find ways to integrate digital fluency with traditional skills like handwriting. Incorporating both into educational frameworks could ensure that future generations retain essential cognitive abilities while adapting to technological advancements.

Revisiting the importance of handwriting may also inspire a renewed appreciation for its role in fostering deeper human connections, even as we navigate an increasingly digital landscape.

Strengthening Your Bond: Key Resolutions for a Fulfilling Relationship

If your relationship was put to the test last year, with heightened emotions, misunderstandings, or arguments that spiraled out of control, you may have realized that such moments could often be mitigated with greater mindfulness, open communication, or taking a moment to listen.

A 2020 study published in PNAS, analyzing data from over 11,000 couples across 43 datasets, revealed significant insights into what drives relationship quality. According to the study, relationship-specific factors, such as perceived partner commitment, appreciation, sexual satisfaction, perceived partner satisfaction, and conflict management, were far more critical to relationship success than individual traits like personality or external circumstances.

These findings provide a roadmap for resolutions couples can adopt to build more loving and united partnerships. While no relationship is without its challenges, intentional effort can ensure that past difficulties don’t repeat themselves this year.

Here are three impactful resolutions, supported by the study, that can help elevate your relationship.

  1. We Will Appreciate Each Other Deeply

Feeling truly appreciated by your partner is transformative. Small moments, such as a sincere “thank you” for making coffee or an unexpected compliment, can make a profound difference.

The PNAS study highlighted appreciation as one of the strongest predictors of relationship quality. When partners feel valued, it fosters emotional intimacy, trust, and a sense of partnership. Without it, even small gestures may feel ignored, leading to dissatisfaction.

Here are ways to cultivate appreciation in your relationship:

  • Acknowledge the little things. Express gratitude for everyday acts, like your partner preparing dinner or running an errand. A heartfelt “Thank you for thinking of us” reinforces how much you value their efforts.
  • Be specific with praise. General statements like “You’re amazing” are nice, but recognizing specific actions, such as “I love how you always make time for me, even when you’re busy,” makes your appreciation feel more genuine.
  • Make gratitude a habit. Dedicate time each day to share what you’re grateful for in your life together. Reflecting on your relationship’s strengths reinforces your bond and reminds you not to take each other for granted.

Appreciation creates a positive feedback loop, where both partners feel valued and inspired to reciprocate, strengthening the relationship over time.

  1. We Will Believe in Each Other’s Commitment

If last year left you questioning your partner’s dedication, resolving to build trust in each other’s commitment can be transformative. Feeling secure in your partner’s devotion lays the foundation for a strong and resilient relationship.

The study identified perceived partner commitment as a crucial predictor of relationship satisfaction. Confidence in each other’s dedication fosters trust, intimacy, and resilience, equipping couples to handle challenges together.

Here’s how you can strengthen this sense of commitment:

  • Align actions with words. Trust is built through consistency. If you promise support during a difficult week, follow through by checking in, helping with tasks, or offering emotional encouragement.
  • Set shared goals. Working together on meaningful plans, like saving for a vacation, starting a project, or pursuing fitness objectives, creates a sense of partnership and a shared future.
  • Hold regular check-ins. Take time to discuss your relationship. Ask questions like, “How do you feel about where we are right now?” or “What can I do to support you better?” These conversations show your investment in the relationship’s well-being.
  • Voice your dedication. Never assume your partner knows how much they mean to you—express it. Statements like “You’re the most important person in my life” or “I’m committed to building a future with you” reinforce your bond.

Trust in each other’s commitment isn’tjust about faith—it’s about creating a relationship that feels secure, supportive, and future-focused.

  1. We Will Resolve Conflicts as a Team

If last year’s disagreements often escalated into blame-filled arguments, this year presents an opportunity to shift your approach. Adopting a “team mindset” during conflicts can help you tackle challenges collaboratively rather than seeing each other as adversaries.

The study emphasized the importance of how couples handle conflict, as effective resolution strengthens trust and intimacy. Conversely, unresolved arguments can undermine a relationship’s foundation.

Here are strategies to approach conflicts constructively:

  • Reframe the issue as “us vs. the problem.” Avoid treating disagreements as competitions. Instead of saying, “You never help around the house!” try, “How can we share tasks so neither of us feels overwhelmed?” This keeps the discussion solution-oriented.
  • Pause when tensions rise.Heated arguments often escalate because emotions cloud judgment. When needed, take a short break by saying, “I need a moment to gather my thoughts. Let’s revisit this calmly.” Pausing allows both of you to reflect and respond thoughtfully.
  • Start gently. How you begin a discussion often determines its outcome. Replace criticism with kindness, such as, “I know you’ve been busy, and I appreciate all you do. Can we talk about how to share responsibilities better?” This reduces defensiveness and encourages teamwork.
  • Apologize sincerely. Taking responsibility for your role in a conflict can defuse tension. A heartfelt apology like, “I’m sorry for interrupting earlier—I see how that made you feel unheard,” shows accountability and fosters healing.
  • Stay focused. Arguments can lose focus if unrelated issues surface. Gently redirect by saying, “Let’s solve this issue first, then address the rest later.” Staying on topic prevents escalation and ensures progress.

Approaching conflicts with a team mentality transforms disagreements into opportunities for growth, paving the way for a stronger partnership.

Conclusion

The effort you invest in your relationship today sets the foundation for a fulfilling future. By committing to these resolutions—expressing appreciation, reinforcing commitment, and resolving conflicts constructively—you can create a relationship built on mutual respect, trust, and love.

As the study suggests, the quality of a relationship hinges on specific actions and attitudes, not external factors. Prioritizing these intentional efforts keeps your relationship moving forward, allowing you to navigate challenges and nurture a deeper connection together.

Trump’s Executive Order Targets Birthright Citizenship: Implications for Indian-American Families

President Donald Trump has introduced an executive order to limit birthright citizenship in the United States, signaling a major shift in immigration policy. The order stipulates that children born on U.S. soil will acquire citizenship only if at least one parent is a U.S. citizen, a legal permanent resident, or a member of the U.S. military. It also aims to address “birth tourism,” where foreign nationals travel to the U.S. to give birth and secure citizenship for their children.

Trump, who has consistently criticized the practice, described birthright citizenship as “ridiculous.” He stated, “We’re going to end that because it’s ridiculous,” emphasizing his broader immigration strategy to curb illegal immigration, particularly from nations like India and China, which see significant migration to the U.S.

The 14th Amendment and Current Law

Under the current interpretation of the 14th Amendment to the U.S. Constitution, anyone born on U.S. soil automatically becomes a citizen, regardless of their parents’ immigration status. This provision, established in 1868, was designed to grant citizenship to all individuals born in the U.S. The executive order seeks to reinterpret this provision, excluding children born to parents who are unlawfully present or on temporary visas.

If implemented, this change would have far-reaching consequences, particularly for the Indian-American community. According to the U.S. Census, over 4.8 million Indian-Americans reside in the U.S., with many being U.S.-born. The proposed policy would mean that children born to Indian nationals on temporary work visas, such as H-1B visas or those awaiting green cards, would no longer automatically acquire citizenship.

Impacts on Indian-American Families

The executive order poses significant challenges for Indian-American families, affecting various aspects of their lives:

  • Loss of Automatic Citizenship: Currently, children born in the U.S. to Indian parents on H-1B or other temporary visas automatically gain citizenship. Under the new policy, only those with at least one parent who is a U.S. citizen or permanent resident would qualify. This change introduces uncertainty for families relying on birthright citizenship to secure their children’s future.
  • Green Card Backlog Delays: Many Indian-Americans face prolonged delays in obtaining green cards due to an extensive backlog. Children of Indian nationals on temporary visas, who would otherwise gain citizenship by birth, would now face additional hurdles. This shift could prolong the citizenship process and exacerbate family separations.
  • Family Reunification Challenges: Family-based immigration allows U.S. citizens to sponsor their parents to join them in the country once they turn 21. Without birthright citizenship, children born to Indian immigrants would lose this avenue, complicating family reunification efforts.
  • Effect on Birth Tourism: The executive order seeks to curtail birth tourism, a practice where foreign nationals come to the U.S. specifically to give birth and secure citizenship for their children. While this policy may deter such practices, it also affects families not engaged in birth tourism but dependent on birthright citizenship for their children’s residency and future opportunities.
  • Implications for Indian Students: Indian students represent one of the largest groups of international students in the U.S., particularly in technology and engineering fields. Under the new rules, children born to these students on F-1 or other non-immigrant visas would not automatically become citizens. This adds another layer of complexity for Indian students and their families.

Legal and Social Challenges

Trump’s executive order faces significant legal hurdles. The 14th Amendment explicitly guarantees birthright citizenship, and any reinterpretation to exclude specific groups could violate the Constitution. Legal experts and immigration advocates have widely criticized the order, arguing that it undermines fundamental American values and sets a troubling precedent.

Despite these challenges, Trump’s administration remains steadfast in its goal to implement the order. The president has framed the move as a necessary step to curb illegal immigration and address abuses of the system, such as birth tourism. However, the order’s broader implications raise concerns about its impact on immigrant families and communities, particularly those already contributing significantly to U.S. society.

Impact on Indian-American Community

The Indian-American community, one of the fastest-growing immigrant populations in the U.S., faces considerable uncertainty under the proposed changes. Indian nationals on temporary work visas, like the H-1B, and those awaiting green cards are particularly vulnerable. The loss of automatic citizenship for their U.S.-born children could deter highly skilled professionals from pursuing opportunities in the U.S., ultimately affecting the nation’s economy.

Moreover, the policy risks creating long-term social and emotional challenges for families separated by immigration status. Parents and children caught in the legal and bureaucratic complexities of the U.S. immigration system may face significant stress and uncertainty about their futures.

Conclusion

President Trump’s executive order targeting birthright citizenship represents a seismic shift in U.S. immigration policy. While the move is aimed at curbing illegal immigration and addressing birth tourism, it poses significant challenges for immigrant communities, particularly Indian-Americans. The legal battle over the 14th Amendment’s interpretation is likely to shape the future of immigration policy in the U.S., with profound implications for families, communities, and the nation’s values. As the debate continues, the voices of affected families and communities will be critical in shaping the outcome of this contentious issue.

Billionaire Wealth Surges in 2024 as Inequality Deepens, Oxfam Reports

A recent report by Oxfam, titled Takers Not Makers, has revealed a dramatic increase in billionaire wealth in 2024, sparking concerns over widening global inequality. According to the report, billionaire fortunes surged by an astounding $2 trillion last year, which equates to an astonishing $5.7 billion per day. This pace of wealth accumulation is three times faster than the previous year, intensifying the disparity between the world’s richest and poorest populations.

Oxfam warns that the current trajectory could result in the world having at least five trillionaires within a decade. At the same time, nearly half the global population—approximately 3.5 billion people—continues to live in poverty. The World Bank has reported a stagnation in poverty reduction, a troubling trend not seen since 1990.

Unequal Wealth Growth in the UK

The United Kingdom has witnessed a significant spike in billionaire wealth in 2024. Combined wealth among UK billionaires grew by £35 million ($44 million) per day, reaching a total of £182 billion ($231 billion). To put this into perspective, this amount of money could cover the city of Manchester in £10 notes nearly 1.5 times.

The number of billionaires in the UK also increased, with four new individuals joining the ranks, bringing the total to 57. However, this wealth accumulation comes with concerns. Oxfam highlights that the UK has the highest proportion of billionaire wealth generated through monopolistic practices and cronyism among G7 nations. Specifically, 37% of UK billionaire wealth is linked to cronyism, while 15% stems from monopolistic ventures.

On a global scale, Oxfam’s report estimates that 60% of billionaire wealth is rooted in inheritance, monopoly power, or crony connections between the wealthy elite and governments. The analysis further notes that many European billionaires owe parts of their fortunes to historical colonial exploitation, which Oxfam describes as a form of “modern-day colonialism.”

Global South Faces Economic Exploitation

The Oxfam report sheds light on the persistent economic exploitation of the Global South, which continues to serve as the labor backbone for the global economy. According to the findings, 90% of the labor that drives the global economy comes from the Global South, yet workers in these regions receive a mere 21% of the global income.

Moreover, $30 million per hour is extracted from the Global South through financial systems that disproportionately benefit wealthier nations such as the United States, the United Kingdom, and France. These systems exacerbate inequality, as low- and middle-income countries are burdened by debt repayments that consume nearly half of their national budgets.

Between 1970 and 2023, governments in the Global South paid an eye-watering $3.3 trillion in interest to creditors in the Global North. Much of this money flowed to financial hubs like London and New York, perpetuating the cycle of wealth extraction from poorer nations.

Alarming Implications

Oxfam’s report underscores the urgent need for structural changes to tackle the growing wealth gap. The organization emphasizes the role of monopolies, inheritance, and cronyism in perpetuating billionaire wealth while leaving billions of people in poverty. The findings also draw attention to the historical and ongoing economic exploitation of the Global South, highlighting the stark disparity between those who contribute to the global economy and those who reap its benefits.

As global inequality deepens, the report serves as a stark reminder of the pressing need for policies that promote economic fairness and reduce the concentration of wealth among a small elite.

Trump’s First-Day Actions Signal U-Turn on Climate Policies

On his first day back in office, President Donald Trump wasted no time signaling his Administration’s intent to steer away from combating climate change. In a series of swift executive orders, Trump withdrew the United States from the Paris climate agreement, halted offshore wind expansion, promised to bolster oil and natural gas production, and vowed to rescind what he inaccurately described as Joe Biden’s electric vehicle mandate.

These measures, aligned with his campaign promises, pose a significant setback to international climate change mitigation efforts. However, experts argue that the momentum toward renewable energy remains “unstoppable,” despite Trump’s attempts to reverse progress.

Withdrawing From the Paris Climate Agreement

One of Trump’s first executive orders was to once again withdraw the United States from the Paris climate agreement. This move, signed during a rally at the Capital One Arena, marked a repeat of his actions during his first term, which were later reversed by Joe Biden.

The Paris accord aims to limit global temperature increases to 2.7 degrees Fahrenheit (1.5 degrees Celsius) above pre-industrial levels. Failing that, the agreement seeks to ensure temperatures do not rise above 3.6 degrees Fahrenheit (2 degrees Celsius). Participating nations are required to set and periodically update their greenhouse gas reduction targets.

Trump also signed a letter to the United Nations formalizing his intention to leave the 2015 agreement. This pact allows nations to define their own emission reduction targets, which are intended to become progressively stringent. A critical deadline looms in February 2025, by which nations must submit updated plans.

Before leaving office, Biden proposed a plan to cut U.S. greenhouse gas emissions by more than 60% by 2035. However, Trump criticized the Paris accord, stating that it represents international agreements that “don’t reflect U.S. values” and misallocate taxpayer funds to countries that, in his view, are undeserving of financial assistance.

Laurence Tubiana, CEO of the European Climate Foundation and a key architect of the Paris agreement, expressed disappointment at Trump’s decision but remained optimistic. She emphasized, “Action to slow climate change is stronger than any single country’s politics and policies.”

Halting Offshore Wind Development

Another key executive order signed by Trump halted offshore wind lease sales and paused the issuance of approvals, permits, and loans for both onshore and offshore wind projects.

The order directs the interior secretary to review federal practices surrounding wind leasing and permitting. This review will evaluate the environmental impact of wind projects, the economic implications of intermittent electricity generation, and the role of subsidies in sustaining the wind industry.

Currently, wind energy accounts for approximately 10% of electricity generated in the United States, making it the country’s largest renewable energy source. The American Clean Power Association reports that 73 gigawatts of offshore wind capacity are under development, enough to power 30 million homes.

Boosting Oil and Gas Production

Trump also signed executive orders aimed at easing regulatory restrictions on oil and natural gas production, including measures tied to projects in Alaska. Declaring a national energy emergency, Trump reiterated his commitment to expand fossil fuel production under the slogan “drill, baby, drill.”

The move is part of Trump’s vision to increase energy production, which he argues is critical for the United States to compete globally in sectors like artificial intelligence that require substantial energy consumption in data centers.

Challenging Electric Vehicle Policies

During a call with reporters on Monday, a White House official stated that the Trump Administration plans to end what the president referred to as an electric vehicle “mandate.” However, no such mandate exists. Biden’s policies have encouraged the adoption of electric vehicles (EVs) through incentives and have urged automakers to transition from gas-powered to electric vehicles.

By framing these policies as mandates, Trump seeks to draw a contrast between his administration’s support for traditional fossil fuels and Biden’s push for cleaner energy alternatives.

A Climate Crisis at a Tipping Point

Trump’s actions come at a critical moment. The planet recently experienced its hottest year on record, and the effects of the climate crisis continue to intensify. Despite these challenges, experts remain hopeful that global efforts to combat climate change can withstand Trump’s policy reversals, as they did during his first term.

Ultimately, the transition to renewable energy and the fight against global warming may prove resilient in the face of political headwinds. As Tubiana noted, the movement for climate action transcends individual leaders and national politics, driven instead by a broader, global commitment to securing a sustainable future.

Trump’s Executive Order on Birthright Citizenship Faces First Legal Challenge in Seattle Court

President Donald Trump’s contentious executive order to end birthright citizenship is set for its first legal test on Thursday morning in a Seattle courtroom. U.S. District Judge John Coughenour, a Reagan appointee, will preside over a 10 a.m. hearing to address a request from four states seeking a temporary restraining order against the directive.

Attorneys general from Arizona, Oregon, Washington, and Illinois initiated legal action against the executive order on Tuesday. They argue the order could disenfranchise over 150,000 newborns annually, comparing its implications to the Supreme Court’s notorious Dred Scott decision. The 14th Amendment, which overturned Dred Scott, established what the plaintiffs described as a “bright-line and nearly universal rule” of citizenship by birth.

“President Trump and the federal government now seek to impose a modern version of Dred Scott. But nothing in the Constitution grants the President, federal agencies, or anyone else authority to impose conditions on the grant of citizenship to individuals born in the United States,” the states’ emergency motion stated.

Trump’s executive order, signed just hours after his inauguration, directs federal agencies to stop issuing citizenship documents to U.S.-born children of undocumented mothers or mothers in the country on temporary visas, provided the father is neither a U.S. citizen nor a permanent resident.

Critics across the nation, including attorneys general from 22 states and the District of Columbia, have labeled the order an unconstitutional move. They argue that it seeks to dismantle a long-established constitutional principle by executive fiat. States challenging the order include New Jersey, Massachusetts, California, and others, alongside the city of San Francisco.

“The President has no authority to rewrite or nullify a constitutional amendment or duly enacted statute,” their lawsuit declared.

Illinois Attorney General Kwame Raoul expressed his dismay at Trump’s actions, stating, “That one of Donald Trump’s first actions as president should be so diametrically opposed to our values as Americans is incredibly disappointing, though not surprising. The children born in the U.S. to immigrants are entitled to the rights and privileges that go along with U.S. citizenship.”

Raoul, the proud son of Haitian immigrants, added, “Denying birthright citizenship, which dates back centuries and has been upheld twice by the U.S. Supreme Court, is not the solution. As Attorney General, I will continue to stand with my fellow attorneys general to defend the constitutional rights of all children born in this country.”

Legal challenges warn of significant consequences. An estimated 150,000 children born each year to noncitizen parents could face deportation or become stateless, losing access to essential services like health care, foster care, and disability support. Moreover, states stand to lose federal funding for programs assisting children regardless of their immigration status.

“President Trump’s attempt to unilaterally end birthright citizenship is a flagrant violation of our Constitution,” New Jersey Attorney General Matthew Platkin emphasized. “For more than 150 years, our country has followed the same basic rule: babies who are born in this country are American citizens. This isn’t just an attack on the law. It’s an attack on the very fabric of this nation.”

Platkin added, “Presidents in this country have broad power. But they are not kings.”

Experts have also voiced their concerns. Martin Redish, a professor of law and public policy at Northwestern University, pointed out that the 14th Amendment guarantees citizenship to all individuals born or naturalized in the U.S. “A president can’t just issue executive orders in the air,” Redish explained. He warned that such actions could undermine the Constitution itself, which requires a rigorous amendment process involving two-thirds of Congress and three-quarters of state legislatures.

“If you’re going to ignore section one of the 14th Amendment, all bets are off,” Redish said. “Presumably, he could take our citizenship away, yours, mine, the person next door.”

On Tuesday, nonprofit organizations in Massachusetts and New Hampshire also filed federal lawsuits against the executive order. These legal efforts aim to invalidate the order and halt any actions to implement it.

New York Attorney General Letitia James emphasized the historical significance of birthright citizenship. “The great promise of our nation is that everyone born here is a citizen of the United States, able to achieve the American dream,” she said. “This fundamental right to birthright citizenship, rooted in the 14th Amendment and born from the ashes of slavery, is a cornerstone of our nation’s commitment to justice.”

The executive order, set to take effect on February 19, has sparked anxiety among immigrant communities. In Chicago, where preparations for mass deportations are already underway, concerns have intensified.

Jose Miguel Muñoz, co-chair of the Illinois Latino Agenda, shared his perspective as the child of an immigrant family. “Everything that I’ve accomplished in my life, and all the work that I’ve done has been because of the fact that I was given the ability to be a citizen in the U.S.,” Muñoz said.

Reflecting on his mother’s sacrifices, Muñoz added, “Her top concern was, what does that mean for you, the rest of your brothers and sisters.” He expressed fears about the potential reach of the executive order, worrying it might extend beyond newborns.

“I contributed to my community. I contributed to our country. I helped others contribute in the world,” Muñoz said.

Illinois Governor J.B. Pritzker also condemned the administration’s actions. “People, vulnerable people across our country, are under attack as a result of this new administration,” he said.

Despite the challenges, Muñoz encouraged perseverance. “There will be a path, and if it’s not now, at some point, don’t lose hope,” he said.

This controversy over birthright citizenship underscores broader debates about immigration reform and the limits of presidential authority. While the legal battles begin, the executive order remains a focal point of intense national discussion, with implications for families, constitutional principles, and the fabric of American society.

Elon Musk Pushes Vivek Ramaswamy Out of DOGE as Tensions Mount

Elon Musk has successfully removed Vivek Ramaswamy from the leadership of the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE), a move that underscores Musk’s increasing influence within Donald Trump’s administration. This development comes after a controversial post by Ramaswamy about H-1B visas, which reportedly expedited his departure.

According to three individuals familiar with Musk’s stance, the tech mogul and Trump ally had expressed a strong desire for Ramaswamy’s exit. These sources, who spoke under anonymity, revealed that Musk was particularly displeased with Ramaswamy’s December holiday rant on X (formerly Twitter).

Only 69 days after Trump introduced the DOGE team, Ramaswamy is stepping down and is expected to announce his candidacy for Ohio governor next week. The episode not only highlights Musk’s ability to influence personnel decisions but also hints at potential internal clashes reminiscent of Trump’s first term.

“Ramaswamy just burned through the bridges and he finally burned Elon,” commented a Republican strategist close to Trump’s advisors. “Everyone wants him out of Mar-a-Lago, out of D.C.”

The H-1B Visa Controversy

A significant catalyst for Ramaswamy’s departure was his divisive commentary on H-1B visas. In late December, Ramaswamy criticized American culture on X, claiming that tech firms hire foreign workers partly because the U.S. fosters a “mindset that venerates mediocrity over excellence.”

“They wanted him out before the tweet — but kicked him to the curb when that came out,” one source noted.

A person associated with DOGE mentioned that Musk found it impractical for Ramaswamy to balance campaigning for Ohio’s governorship while co-leading DOGE.

Transition and Public Statements

Trump transition spokesperson Anna Kelly praised Ramaswamy’s contributions, stating, “He played a critical role in helping us create DOGE,” and noted that the gubernatorial run necessitated his exit, given DOGE’s structural demands.

Despite his departure, Ramaswamy appeared committed to the role as recently as Saturday, telling confidants that he was busy drafting executive orders. However, six individuals who had spoken with him confirmed that his involvement with DOGE had waned since early December.

By last week, Ramaswamy had aimed to secure some early victories with DOGE before pivoting to his gubernatorial campaign. His team is now attempting to cast his exit in a positive light, aligning it with Trump’s ascent to office.

Strained Relationships

Ramaswamy declined to comment on any tensions with Musk. However, a source close to him claimed the two were now on good terms, explaining, “The reality is that it wasn’t possible to run for governor and co-lead DOGE both at once.”

Notably, even Congressional Republicans have joined the chorus of criticism. A meme, reportedly circulated among junior staff in House Speaker Mike Johnson’s office, likened Musk to Stalin erasing Ramaswamy from history. A spokesperson for Johnson’s office denied the allegation.

Setbacks in Ohio Politics

Ramaswamy faced another blow last week when Ohio Governor Mike DeWine overlooked him for a Senate appointment, despite his last-minute lobbying efforts.

At a rally on Sunday, Trump discussed DOGE without hinting at impending changes, stating, “We have [Musk] and Vivek and some great people working on a thing called costs.”

The Final Days

Ramaswamy attended Trump’s inauguration and interacted with Susie Wiles, Trump’s chief of staff, reaffirming his presence in the political sphere. On Monday morning, he posted a photo of himself and Musk shaking hands, captioned, “A new dawn.”

Yet, by that afternoon, his departure was confirmed. A source close to Ramaswamy, speaking anonymously, stated that his exit from DOGE was official.

Ramaswamy’s sudden fall from grace, coupled with Musk’s decisive influence, suggests the Trump administration may face significant internal power struggles in the months ahead.

Trump Signs Executive Order to ‘Restore Free Speech,’ Critics Question Motives

On Monday, U.S. President Donald Trump signed an executive order he claimed would protect freedom of speech and put an end to censorship. The announcement, however, has faced sharp criticism due to Trump’s history of threatening and suing journalists, critics, and political adversaries, actions some argue undermine his commitment to free expression.

Trump, along with his Republican allies, has frequently accused the administration of his Democratic predecessor, Joe Biden, of encouraging the suppression of free speech on online platforms. Much of their criticism focuses on the Biden administration’s efforts to counter misinformation regarding vaccines and elections.

Despite these allegations, the U.S. Supreme Court ruled in June that the Biden administration’s interactions with social media companies did not infringe upon the First Amendment, which guarantees free speech. This decision served as a significant legal clarification of the boundaries between government influence and free expression.

Ironically, Trump himself faced restrictions on social media platforms following the January 6, 2021, attack on the U.S. Capitol by his supporters. The insurrection occurred shortly after Trump lost the 2020 presidential election to Biden, and his repeated claims of election fraud were widely condemned.

While Trump now positions himself as a defender of free speech, his track record tells a different story. Over the decades, he has frequently targeted his critics through legal threats and lawsuits. For example, in 2022, Trump filed a lawsuit against his 2016 presidential campaign rival, Hillary Clinton, over her remarks about his alleged connections to Russia. The case was dismissed, with the presiding judge labeling it a misuse of the judicial system.

Trump has also demonstrated hostility toward the press, famously branding journalists as the “enemy of the people.” His legal battles with the media include lawsuits against five major entities: CNN, ABC News, CBS News, publisher Simon & Schuster, and the Des Moines Register. Of these, the lawsuit against CNN was dismissed, ABC News settled out of court, and the remaining cases are still unresolved.

David Kaye, a law professor at the University of California, Irvine, and former United Nations Special Rapporteur on free speech issues, was skeptical of the executive order’s significance. “The federal government is already barred from interfering with its citizens’ First Amendment rights,” Kaye explained. “This order would not stop behavior that is already prohibited.”

He criticized the executive order as a “deeply cynical” move aimed more at bolstering Trump’s public image than enacting substantive change.

The White House, in its first official statement following Trump’s inauguration, accused the previous administration of suppressing free speech. “Over the last four years, the previous administration trampled free speech rights by censoring Americans’ speech on online platforms, often by exerting substantial coercive pressure on third parties, such as social media companies, to moderate, de-platform, or otherwise suppress speech that the Federal Government did not approve,” the statement read.

However, Kaye highlighted the contradiction in Trump’s messaging. “You cannot on the one hand say, ‘The media is the enemy of the people,’ and at the same time say, ‘It’s the policy of the United States to secure the right of the American people to engage in constitutionally protected speech.’ Those two things don’t fit together,” he argued.

This executive order, while symbolically significant for Trump and his supporters, raises questions about its practical implications and the consistency of its principles. The tension between the president’s professed commitment to free speech and his contentious history with the media underscores the ongoing challenges in navigating the boundaries of expression in a polarized political climate.

JD Vance and Usha Host Glamorous Pre-Inauguration Dinner at National Gallery of Art

On the evening of January 18, Vice President-elect JD Vance and his wife, Usha, hosted an elegant dinner at the National Gallery of Art, setting the stage for President-elect Donald Trump’s forthcoming inauguration. This high-profile event was both a celebration of political milestones and a glamorous reception for Trump’s cabinet selections.

The couple’s impeccable attire set a formal and stylish tone for the evening. JD Vance opted for a timeless tuxedo, while Usha Vance captivated attendees in a custom-designed noir black velvet gown by Oscar de la Renta. Her gown featured asymmetric floral accents and a sweetheart neckline, reflecting a perfect blend of sophistication and modernity.

Oscar de la Renta’s official social media account showcased the couple’s striking appearance, posting photos from the event with a caption that read, “Incoming Second Lady, Usha Vance, wears a custom noir velvet gown with asymmetric floral accents and a sweetheart neckline for the Vice President’s Dinner.”

The dinner wasn’t just a U.S.-centric affair; it drew notable international figures as well. Among the distinguished guests were Mukesh Ambani, chairman of Reliance Industries, and his wife, Nita Ambani, founder of the Reliance Foundation. Their presence underscored the global interest and importance attached to the event.

This glittering evening combined the charm of haute couture with the weight of political significance, creating a memorable prelude to the new administration’s inauguration.

-+=